1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17941 5494))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17939 56016))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17939 56016))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log" t
)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17843 45615))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice" t
)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice" t
)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17843 45609))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17939 56016))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17939 56022))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17941 5494))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
858 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17843 45609))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17838 18033))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17953 11485))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt" t
)
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt" t
)
963 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt" t
)
968 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt" t
)
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt" t
)
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt" t
)
986 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt" t
)
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt" t
)
998 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17843 45609))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1086 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17960
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17843 45609))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17843
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1233 How to quit artist mode
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1238 How to submit a bug report
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17843
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1462 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1463 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1464 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1466 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1468 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1469 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1470 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1471 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1472 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1473 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1474 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1475 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1476 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1477 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1480 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1481 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1482 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1483 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1484 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1486 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1490 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1491 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1497 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1499 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1500 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1501 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1502 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1503 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1504 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1506 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1512 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1516 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1517 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1524 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17843 45609))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1527 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1528 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1529 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1533 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1534 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1535 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1536 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1538 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1540 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1541 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1542 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1545 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1547 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" nil
)
1549 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1551 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1552 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1554 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1555 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1562 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1566 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1567 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1568 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1569 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1570 save the buffer too.
1572 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1574 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1576 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1577 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1578 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1579 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1580 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1581 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1583 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1584 directory or directories specified.
1586 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1588 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1589 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1590 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1597 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1598 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17939 56016))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1601 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1602 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1604 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1605 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1606 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1607 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1608 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1612 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1613 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1615 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1616 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1620 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1621 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1622 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1624 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1625 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1626 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1627 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1628 reflected in the current buffer.
1630 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1631 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1632 writing before you save the file!
1634 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1638 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1639 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1641 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1642 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1646 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1647 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1651 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1653 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" nil
)
1655 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1656 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1658 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1659 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1660 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1667 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17843 45609))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1670 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1671 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1672 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1674 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1676 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" nil
)
1678 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1679 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1680 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1681 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1683 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1684 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1685 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1687 Effects of the different modes:
1688 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1689 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1690 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1691 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1692 a random distance & direction.
1693 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1694 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1695 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1697 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1699 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1700 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1701 definition of \"random distance\".)
1703 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1707 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1708 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
1709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1711 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1712 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1714 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1715 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1719 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1720 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1721 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1722 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1724 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1726 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1728 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1732 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1733 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
1734 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1735 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1737 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1738 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1739 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1740 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1744 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1745 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1746 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1749 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1751 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" nil
)
1753 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1755 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1764 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1765 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17843 45615))
1766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1768 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1769 Time execution of FORMS.
1770 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1771 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1773 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1774 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1775 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1777 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1779 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1780 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1781 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1782 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1783 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1785 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1787 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1788 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1789 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1790 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1791 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1793 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1797 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17956
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1801 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1802 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1804 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1806 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1807 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1808 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1809 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1811 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1812 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1813 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1814 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1815 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1817 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1818 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1821 Special information:
1823 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1825 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1826 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1827 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1828 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1829 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1830 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1831 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1833 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1834 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1835 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1837 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1838 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1839 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1840 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1841 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1842 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1843 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1844 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1846 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1848 ----------------------------------------------------------
1849 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1850 if that value is non-nil.
1858 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1859 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1860 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
1861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1863 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1865 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1866 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1867 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1869 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1871 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1872 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1874 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1876 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1877 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1879 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1883 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17843
1885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1887 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1889 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1893 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1894 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1895 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1896 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1897 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1902 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1903 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1906 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1909 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1910 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1912 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1913 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1915 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1916 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1917 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1918 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1919 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1920 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1924 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1926 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1927 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1928 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1929 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1931 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1932 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1933 denoted by the letter `R'.
1935 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1936 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1937 denoted by the letter `H'.
1939 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1942 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1943 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1944 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1945 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1946 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1947 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1950 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1951 degree deflection it causes.
1954 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1957 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1961 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1964 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1965 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1978 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1979 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1980 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1981 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1982 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1983 emerging from the box.
1985 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1992 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2003 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2004 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2005 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2006 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17843 45609))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2008 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
2009 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
2010 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2012 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
2013 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2014 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2015 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2016 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2017 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2018 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
2020 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
2021 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
2026 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
2028 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
2033 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2034 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2035 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2036 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2037 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2038 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2039 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2042 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2043 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2044 yank successive words.
2046 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2047 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2048 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2049 name of the file being visited.
2051 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2052 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2053 the list of bookmarks.)
2055 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2057 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2058 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2064 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2065 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2066 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2067 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2069 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2071 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2072 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2073 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2074 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2075 after a bookmark was set in it.
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2080 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2081 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2082 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2084 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2086 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2088 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2089 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2090 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2091 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2093 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2094 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2095 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2097 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2098 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2101 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2103 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2104 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2105 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2106 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2107 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2110 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2112 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2113 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2114 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2115 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2116 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2117 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2118 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2119 probably because we were called from there.
2121 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2123 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2124 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2125 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2130 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2131 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2132 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2135 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2136 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2137 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2138 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2139 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2141 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2142 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2143 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'.
2146 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2148 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2149 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2150 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2151 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2152 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2155 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2156 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2157 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2158 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2159 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2162 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2163 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2164 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2165 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2167 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2169 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2170 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2171 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2172 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2173 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2177 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2179 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2181 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2183 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2187 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2193 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2194 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2195 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2196 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17843 45624))
2197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2199 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2200 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2201 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2202 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2204 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2205 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2206 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2207 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2208 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2210 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2212 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2213 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2215 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2217 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2218 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2220 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2222 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2229 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2230 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2231 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2232 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2234 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2238 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2239 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2244 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2245 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2252 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2254 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2255 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2256 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2257 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2259 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2263 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2264 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2268 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2270 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2271 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2272 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2278 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point.
2281 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2282 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2283 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2284 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2287 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2289 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2290 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2291 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2293 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2295 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2298 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2300 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2301 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2302 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2303 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2310 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2312 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2314 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2315 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2316 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2317 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2319 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2320 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2321 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2322 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2325 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2326 new tab in an existing window instead.
2328 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2329 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2333 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2335 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2336 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2339 When called interactively, if variable
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2341 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2342 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2343 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2350 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2353 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2354 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2356 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2357 URL in a new window.
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2364 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2368 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2369 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2372 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2373 new tab in an existing window instead.
2375 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2376 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2383 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2386 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2387 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2388 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2400 program is invoked according to the variable
2401 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2416 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2420 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point.
2424 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2425 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2426 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2428 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2429 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2430 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2431 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point.
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2444 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446 Default to the URL around or before point.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2450 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2475 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2477 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2494 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2495 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2496 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2497 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2502 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2503 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2513 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2514 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2515 don't offer a form of remote control.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17843
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2531 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2536 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2537 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2544 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17843 45609))
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2547 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2548 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2549 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2550 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2554 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2555 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2556 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2557 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2561 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2562 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2566 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2567 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2569 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2570 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2571 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2572 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2574 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2575 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2576 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2577 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2578 name of buffer configuration.
2584 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2585 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17970
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2589 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap used by buttons.")
2592 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2593 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2594 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2596 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2597 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2598 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2599 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2600 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2601 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2603 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2604 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2605 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2606 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2608 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2610 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2611 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2612 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2613 specifying properties to add to the button.
2614 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2615 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2616 `define-button-type'.
2618 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2620 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2623 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2630 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2632 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2635 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2642 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2643 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2644 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2647 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2649 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2651 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2652 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2653 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2654 specifying properties to add to the button.
2655 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2656 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2657 `define-button-type'.
2659 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2660 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2661 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2662 `insert-text-button'.
2664 Also see `make-text-button'.
2666 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2670 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2671 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2672 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2673 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2674 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17949 5807))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2676 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2677 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2678 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2680 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2685 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2686 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2687 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2689 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2691 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2692 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2693 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2694 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2696 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2697 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2698 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2699 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2700 whether to compile it.
2702 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2704 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2705 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2707 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2708 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2710 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2711 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2712 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2713 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2714 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2715 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2717 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2719 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2720 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2721 Print the result in the echo area.
2722 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2727 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2728 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2730 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2732 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2733 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2734 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2735 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2736 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2737 all functions called by those functions.
2739 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2740 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2743 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2744 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2745 invoked interactively.
2747 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2749 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2750 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2751 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2752 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2756 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2757 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2758 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2759 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2760 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2761 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2762 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2765 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2769 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2770 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2772 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2773 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2774 and corresponding effects.
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17956 60684))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2783 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2785 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2789 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2790 ;;;;;; (17956 60684))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2793 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2794 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2795 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2796 from the cursor position.
2798 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2802 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2803 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2804 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2805 ;;;;;; (17966 9916))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2808 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2809 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2811 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2812 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2814 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2815 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2819 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2820 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2822 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2827 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2834 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2835 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2836 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2837 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2839 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2841 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2842 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2843 This is most useful in the X window system.
2844 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2845 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2847 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2849 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2850 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2851 See calc-keypad for details.
2853 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2856 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2861 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2863 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2866 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2868 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2870 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2871 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2872 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2874 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2879 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17939
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2887 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2888 Run the Emacs calculator.
2889 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2896 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2897 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2898 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2899 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2900 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2901 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2902 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2903 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2904 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2905 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2906 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2907 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2910 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2911 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2912 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17956 60684))
2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2915 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2916 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2917 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2918 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2921 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2923 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2924 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2925 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2926 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2927 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2928 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2930 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2932 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2933 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2934 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2936 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2938 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2939 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2940 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2942 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2944 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2945 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2946 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2949 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2951 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2952 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2953 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2955 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2957 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2958 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2959 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2961 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2963 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2965 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2966 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2967 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2969 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2972 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2974 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2975 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2976 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2978 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2981 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2983 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2984 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2985 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2987 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2990 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2992 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2993 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2994 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2996 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2998 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2999 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3000 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3001 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3002 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3004 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3006 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3007 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3008 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3009 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3010 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3011 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3012 a function is also provided for this:
3013 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3015 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3016 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3017 date is not visible in the window.
3019 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3020 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3021 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3023 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3025 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3026 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3028 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3029 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3030 date is visible in the window.
3032 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3033 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3034 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3036 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3038 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3039 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3043 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3045 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3047 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3049 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3050 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3052 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3053 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3061 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3062 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3063 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3064 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3065 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3066 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3067 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3068 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3069 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3070 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3071 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3072 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3075 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3076 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3077 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3078 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3086 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3087 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3089 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3090 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3091 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3092 window but will appear in a diary window.
3094 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3095 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3097 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3098 entries (in the default American style):
3100 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3101 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3102 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3104 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3105 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3106 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3107 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3108 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3109 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3110 &* 15 time cards due.
3112 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3113 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3114 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3118 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3119 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3120 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3121 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3122 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3123 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3125 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3126 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3127 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3129 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3131 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3133 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3134 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3135 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3136 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3137 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3138 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3139 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3140 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3141 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3142 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3145 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3146 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3147 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3148 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3149 documentation for these functions for details.
3151 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3152 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3156 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3157 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3161 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3174 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3177 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3178 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3180 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3182 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3183 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3184 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3186 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3188 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3189 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3190 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3191 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3194 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3196 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3197 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3198 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3199 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3208 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3209 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3210 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3213 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3214 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3215 `american-calendar'.")
3217 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3219 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3220 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3221 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3223 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3225 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3226 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3227 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3229 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3231 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3232 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3233 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3235 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3237 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3238 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3239 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3241 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3243 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3244 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3245 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3246 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3247 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3248 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3250 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3252 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3253 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3254 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3256 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3257 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3258 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3261 #include \"filename\"
3263 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3264 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3265 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3266 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3267 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3269 For example, you could use
3271 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3272 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3273 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3275 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3276 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3277 lexicographic order.")
3279 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3281 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3282 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3283 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3285 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3287 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3288 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3289 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3292 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3293 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3294 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3295 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3296 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3297 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3298 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3300 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3301 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3302 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3303 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3304 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3305 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3306 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3307 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3309 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3311 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3312 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3313 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3314 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3315 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3316 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3317 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3319 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3321 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3324 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3325 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3326 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3328 #include \"filename\"
3329 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3330 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3331 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3332 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3333 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3335 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3337 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3339 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3340 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3341 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3342 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3343 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3345 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3347 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3348 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3349 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3352 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3354 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3355 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3356 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3357 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3358 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3360 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3362 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3364 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3365 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3366 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3368 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3370 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3372 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3374 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3376 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3378 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3380 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3384 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3389 User defined holidays.
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3392 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3394 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3396 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3398 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3402 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3404 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3406 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3408 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3414 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3416 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3418 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3420 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3424 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3426 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3428 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3432 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3434 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3436 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3442 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3444 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3445 Sun-related holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3450 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3452 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3453 The frame setup of the calendar.
3454 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3455 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3456 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3457 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3458 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3460 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3462 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3463 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3464 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3466 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3467 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3471 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3472 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3473 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3475 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3476 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3477 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3478 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3480 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3485 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17843 45616))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3489 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3491 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3493 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3494 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3495 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17958
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3505 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3509 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3510 ;;;;;; (17958 39759))
3511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3513 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3514 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3521 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3522 ;;;;;; (17988 52353))
3523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3525 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3526 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3527 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3528 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3529 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3530 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3531 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3533 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3535 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3536 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3542 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3544 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3545 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3546 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3547 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3548 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3549 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3551 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3553 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3554 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3561 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3562 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3564 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3582 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3586 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3604 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3608 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3609 Major mode for editing Java code.
3610 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3611 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3612 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3613 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3616 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3618 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3619 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3626 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3627 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3628 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3630 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3631 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3632 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3633 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3634 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3635 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3638 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3640 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3641 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3648 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3649 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3651 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3653 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3654 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3655 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3656 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3657 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3658 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3661 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3663 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3664 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3670 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3671 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3672 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3673 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3674 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3675 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17958 39759))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3683 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3684 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3685 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3686 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3688 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3690 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3691 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3694 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3695 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3696 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3697 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3700 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3701 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3702 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3703 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3706 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3708 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3709 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3710 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3711 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3713 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3715 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3716 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3717 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3719 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3721 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3722 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3723 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3724 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3725 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3727 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17958
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3734 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17958 39759))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3740 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3741 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3742 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3747 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3748 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3752 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3754 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3756 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3757 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3759 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3761 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3762 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3764 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3765 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3766 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3767 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3770 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3772 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3774 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3775 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3777 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3778 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3782 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3783 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3784 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3785 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3786 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3790 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3791 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3792 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3794 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3795 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3798 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3800 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3802 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3805 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3806 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3808 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3809 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3810 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3813 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3815 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3816 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3817 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3819 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3821 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3823 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3824 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3826 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3830 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3832 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3834 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3835 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3838 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3839 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3842 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3844 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3845 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3846 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3848 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3849 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3850 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3851 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3852 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3853 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3854 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3855 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3856 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3857 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3858 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3859 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3862 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3863 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3865 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3866 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3868 | (write EXPRESSION)
3869 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3870 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3873 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3876 ;; Same as: (write string)
3878 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3879 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3880 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3883 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3884 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3885 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3886 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3887 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3888 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3890 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3891 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3893 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3896 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3897 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3898 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3900 ARG := REG | integer
3903 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3906 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3909 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3912 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3913 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3921 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3922 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3923 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3926 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3927 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3929 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3930 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3934 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3935 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3938 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3939 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3944 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3948 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3949 ;; Same meaning as C code
3950 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3952 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3957 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3958 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3961 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3962 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3966 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3970 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3971 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3974 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3975 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3976 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3978 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3979 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3980 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3981 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3982 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3985 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3987 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3988 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3989 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3990 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3991 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3992 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3994 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3996 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3997 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3998 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4000 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4002 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4010 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4011 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4012 There are no special keybindings by default.
4014 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4015 to the action header.
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4024 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4025 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4026 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4027 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4028 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4029 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4032 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4033 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4034 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4035 the users will view as each check is completed.
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4041 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4042 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4043 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4044 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4045 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4046 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4048 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4063 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4064 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4065 spacing are all verified.
4069 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4070 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4071 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4072 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4073 otherwise stop after the first error.
4075 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4079 Only documentation strings are checked.
4080 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4081 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4084 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4086 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4087 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4089 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4090 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4092 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4097 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4105 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4107 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4113 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4119 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4120 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4121 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4127 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4128 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4129 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4130 space at the end of each line.
4132 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4134 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4135 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4136 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4137 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4139 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4143 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4144 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4146 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4148 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4149 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4150 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4151 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4153 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4155 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4156 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4157 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4158 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4160 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4162 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4163 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4164 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4165 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4167 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4169 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4170 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4171 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4172 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4174 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4177 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4178 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4179 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4181 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4183 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4184 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4185 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4186 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4188 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4190 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4191 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4192 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4193 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4195 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4197 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4198 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4199 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4201 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4202 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4203 checking of documentation strings.
4205 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4212 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17843
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4216 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4217 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4218 Return the length of resulting text.
4220 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4222 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4223 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4227 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4233 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4241 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17843 45609))
4242 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4244 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4245 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4246 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4247 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4248 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4249 editing and the result is evaluated.
4251 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4253 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4254 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4255 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4256 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4257 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4259 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4263 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4267 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4269 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4270 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4271 \\{command-history-map}
4273 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4274 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17843 45615))
4281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4283 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4284 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4285 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4286 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4287 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4288 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4290 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4291 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4295 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4296 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4299 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4302 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4310 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4311 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4312 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4313 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4315 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4316 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4317 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4318 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4320 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4321 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4323 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4327 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17843
4329 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4331 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4332 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4333 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4334 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4335 of `scheme-program-name').
4336 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4337 it is given as initial input.
4338 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4339 discards input when it starts up.
4340 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4342 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4345 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4349 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4350 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4353 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4354 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4355 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4356 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4357 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4359 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4361 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4410 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4411 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17843 45618))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4414 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4415 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4416 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4419 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4420 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4421 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4422 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4424 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4426 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4427 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4428 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4430 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4432 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4433 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4434 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4436 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4438 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4439 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4440 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4442 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4444 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4445 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4447 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4448 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4449 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4451 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4452 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4456 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4457 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4459 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4460 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4461 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4463 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4468 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4469 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4470 ;;;;;; (17939 56016))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4473 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4474 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4475 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4476 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4477 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4478 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4479 functions have already modified the buffer.
4481 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4483 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4484 either globally or locally.")
4486 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4488 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4489 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4490 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4491 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4492 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4493 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4494 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4495 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4497 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4499 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4501 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4502 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4503 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4504 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4505 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4506 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4507 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4508 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4510 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4512 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4514 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4515 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4516 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4517 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4518 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4519 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4521 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4523 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4524 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4525 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4526 directory tracking functions.")
4528 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4529 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4530 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4532 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4534 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4536 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4537 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4538 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4540 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4542 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to current process.
4546 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4547 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4549 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4551 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4552 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4553 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4554 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4556 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17939
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4564 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4565 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4566 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4567 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4569 This command pushes the mark in each window
4570 at the prior location of point in that window.
4571 If both windows display the same buffer,
4572 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4573 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4575 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4576 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4577 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4578 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4579 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4580 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4581 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4584 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4585 this command work in interlaced mode:
4586 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4587 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4588 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4590 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4595 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4596 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4597 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4598 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17996 37926))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4601 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4602 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4604 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4606 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4607 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4611 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4612 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4613 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4614 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4615 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4616 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4617 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4619 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4620 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4621 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4622 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4623 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4625 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4626 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4627 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4628 describing how the process finished.")
4630 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4631 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4632 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4633 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4634 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4636 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4637 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4638 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4640 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4642 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4643 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4644 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4645 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4647 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4649 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4650 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4652 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4653 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4655 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4657 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4658 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4659 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4660 (concat \"make -k \"
4661 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4663 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4664 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4666 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4667 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4668 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4669 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4671 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4673 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4674 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4675 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4676 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4678 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4679 and move to the source code that caused it.
4681 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4682 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4684 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4685 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4686 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4687 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4689 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4690 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4691 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4692 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4695 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4696 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4697 to a function that generates a unique name.
4699 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4701 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4702 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4703 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4704 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4706 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4707 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4708 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4709 to determine the buffer name.
4711 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4712 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4713 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4715 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4717 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4719 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4720 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4721 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4722 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4723 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4725 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4727 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4729 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4731 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4732 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4733 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4734 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4735 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4736 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4737 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4741 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4742 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4743 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4744 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4745 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4746 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4750 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4751 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4752 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4754 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4756 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4760 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4761 ;;;;;; (17953 25415))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4764 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4765 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4766 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4769 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4771 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4773 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4774 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4775 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4777 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4778 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4779 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4780 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4782 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4783 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4784 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4785 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4787 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4788 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4789 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4790 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4792 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4793 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4794 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4795 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4796 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4802 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4803 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4806 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4807 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4808 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4811 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4813 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4815 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4816 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4822 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4823 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4824 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4825 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17843 45609))
4826 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4828 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4829 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4830 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4831 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4834 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4836 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4837 | | 1:tc or top-center
4838 | | 2:tr or top-right
4839 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4840 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4841 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4842 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4843 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4844 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4846 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4847 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4848 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4849 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4852 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4853 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4854 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4856 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4860 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4864 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4867 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4868 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4869 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4870 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4872 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4874 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4875 Compose characters in the current region.
4877 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4878 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4880 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4882 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4883 specifying the region.
4885 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4886 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4887 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4889 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4890 of the text in the region.
4892 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4894 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4895 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4896 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4897 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4899 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4900 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4903 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4904 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4905 text in the composition.
4907 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4909 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4910 Decompose text in the current region.
4912 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4913 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4917 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4918 Compose characters in string STRING.
4920 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4921 the characters in it.
4923 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4924 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4925 STRING respectively.
4927 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4928 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4929 `compose-region' for more detail.
4931 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4932 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4933 text in the composition.
4935 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4937 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4938 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4940 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4942 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4943 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4944 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4945 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4946 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4947 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4948 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4949 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4951 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4953 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4954 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4956 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4957 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4959 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4960 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4962 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4963 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4965 If no composition is found, return nil.
4967 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4968 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4970 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4971 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4972 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4974 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4976 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4978 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4979 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4980 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4982 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4984 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4986 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4988 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4989 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4991 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4992 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4993 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4994 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4995 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4996 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4997 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5000 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5002 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5003 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5005 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5007 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5008 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5010 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5012 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5014 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5015 Compose last characters.
5016 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5017 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5018 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5019 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5020 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5021 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5022 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5023 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5024 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5025 after a sequence of character events.
5028 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5030 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5031 Convert CHAR to string.
5033 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5034 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5035 vector of CHAR respectively.
5036 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5038 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5040 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5044 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5045 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5046 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5047 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5050 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5051 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5052 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5053 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5054 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5055 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5056 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5058 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5059 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5060 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5062 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5063 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5064 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5066 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5067 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5068 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5069 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5071 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5072 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5073 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5074 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5075 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5076 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5077 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5083 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5084 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5085 Comments start with `#'.
5086 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5088 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5098 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5099 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5100 Comments start with `;'.
5101 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5103 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5105 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5106 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5107 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5109 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5110 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5114 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5115 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5116 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5117 between `/*' and `*/'.
5118 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5120 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5121 // another kind of comment
5133 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5134 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5135 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5136 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5137 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5138 `conf-space-keywords'.
5139 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5140 in an interactive fashion instead.
5142 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5144 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5146 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5150 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5152 # Standard multimedia devices
5153 add /dev/audio desktop
5154 add /dev/mixer desktop
5158 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5159 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5160 See `conf-space-mode'.
5162 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5164 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5165 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5166 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5167 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5169 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5171 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5172 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5176 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5177 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5178 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5179 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5181 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5183 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5184 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5188 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5189 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5190 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5191 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5193 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5202 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5203 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17843 45625))
5204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5206 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5207 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5208 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5209 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5211 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5213 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5214 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5215 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5216 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5218 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5220 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5221 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5222 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5223 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5225 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5227 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5228 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5230 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5234 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5235 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17843 45615))
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5238 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5239 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5240 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5241 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5242 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5243 following the copyright are updated as well.
5244 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5247 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5249 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5250 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5251 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5255 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5256 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5258 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5262 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5263 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17955 48757))
5264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5266 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5267 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5268 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5269 Tab indents for Perl code.
5270 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5271 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5273 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5274 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5275 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5276 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5277 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5278 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5279 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5280 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5281 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5282 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5283 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5284 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5286 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5288 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5289 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5291 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5293 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5294 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5295 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5296 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5297 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5298 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5299 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5300 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5301 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5303 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5307 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5308 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5309 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5312 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5313 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5314 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5316 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5318 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5319 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5320 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5321 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5322 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5324 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5334 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5335 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5336 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5337 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5338 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5339 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5340 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5341 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5342 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5343 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5344 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5345 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5346 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5348 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5349 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5350 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5351 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5352 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5353 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5355 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5356 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5359 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5360 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5361 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5362 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5363 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5365 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5366 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5367 span the needed amount of lines.
5369 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5370 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5371 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5372 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5374 Variables controlling indentation style:
5375 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5376 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5377 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5378 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5379 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5380 `cperl-auto-newline'
5381 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5382 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5383 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5384 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5385 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5386 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5387 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5388 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5389 `cperl-indent-level'
5390 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5391 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5392 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5393 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5394 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5395 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5396 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5397 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5398 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5399 `cperl-brace-offset'
5400 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5401 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5402 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5403 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5404 `cperl-label-offset'
5405 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5406 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5407 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5409 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5410 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5411 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5412 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5413 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5414 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5416 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5417 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5418 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5419 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5421 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5422 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5423 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5424 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5425 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5426 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5428 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5429 column 0 is indented on
5430 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5432 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5435 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5436 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5437 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5441 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5442 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5446 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5447 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5454 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5457 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5458 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5459 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5460 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5461 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5465 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5466 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5473 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5476 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5477 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5478 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5479 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5482 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5484 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5486 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5487 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5488 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5492 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5500 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5501 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5502 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5503 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5505 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5506 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5507 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5508 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5510 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5511 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5512 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5514 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5515 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5518 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5519 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5520 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5522 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5524 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5525 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5526 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5528 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5533 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
5534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5536 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5537 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5538 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5541 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5543 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5545 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5546 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5547 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5548 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5549 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5551 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5552 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5553 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5554 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5555 function of these prefix keys.
5557 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5558 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5560 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5561 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5562 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5564 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5565 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5566 the prefix fallback behavior.
5568 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5569 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5570 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5571 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5575 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5576 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5579 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5580 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5581 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5582 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5583 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5584 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5585 (if user-init-file (concat
5586 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5587 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5592 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5593 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5594 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5595 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5596 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5597 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5598 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5599 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5600 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5601 ;;;;;; (17951 39252))
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5604 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5605 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5607 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5609 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5610 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5612 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5614 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5615 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5617 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5618 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5620 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5621 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5623 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5624 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5626 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5627 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5629 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5631 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5633 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5634 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5635 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5637 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5638 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5640 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5641 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5643 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5644 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5646 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5648 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5650 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5651 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5654 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5655 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5657 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5658 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5660 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5661 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5663 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5665 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5667 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5668 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5669 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5670 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5671 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5675 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5677 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5678 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5682 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5687 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5688 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5692 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5694 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5695 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5697 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5699 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5701 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5702 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5703 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5705 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5707 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5708 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5709 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5710 as part of Emacs itself.
5712 Each elements looks like this:
5714 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5716 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5717 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5718 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5719 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5720 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5721 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5722 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5725 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5727 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5728 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5729 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5730 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5731 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5733 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5734 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5735 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5736 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5738 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5740 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5741 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5742 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5743 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5744 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5746 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5747 that were added or redefined since that version.
5749 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5751 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5752 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5753 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5754 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5756 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5757 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5759 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5761 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5762 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5763 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5765 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5766 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5768 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5770 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5771 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5775 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5776 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5780 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5781 Customize all already saved user options.
5785 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5786 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5787 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5788 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5789 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5790 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5791 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5792 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5794 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5796 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5798 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5799 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5801 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5803 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5804 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5806 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5808 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5809 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5811 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5813 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5814 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5815 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5816 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5817 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5820 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5822 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5823 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5824 The result includes selecting that window.
5825 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5826 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5827 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5830 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5832 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5833 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5835 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5837 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5838 File used for storing customization information.
5839 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5840 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5841 it should be an absolute file name.
5843 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5844 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5845 something like the following in your init file:
5847 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5850 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5851 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5853 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5854 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5855 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5856 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5857 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5859 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5860 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5861 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5862 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5863 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5864 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5865 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5866 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5867 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5868 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5870 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5872 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5873 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5877 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5878 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5882 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5883 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5884 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5886 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5888 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5890 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5891 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5892 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5894 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5898 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5899 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17843 45609))
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5902 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5903 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5905 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5907 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5908 Alist of face attributes.
5910 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5911 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5912 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5913 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5914 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5915 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5917 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5918 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5919 customization type TYPE).
5921 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5922 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5923 given face attribute.")
5925 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5926 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5927 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5928 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5930 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5932 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5933 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5934 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5935 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5936 between themes and faces.
5937 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5939 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5940 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5942 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5944 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5945 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5946 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5950 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5952 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5954 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5955 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5956 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5958 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5962 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5964 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5968 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5972 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5973 Create a custom theme.
5979 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5980 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5983 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5984 Mode used for cvs status output.
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5991 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17939 56022))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5994 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5995 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5997 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5998 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5999 C++ modes are included.
6001 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6008 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6009 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6013 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6014 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6015 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6018 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6020 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6022 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6023 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6024 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6025 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6026 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6033 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6034 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6037 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6038 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6040 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6042 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6043 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6045 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6047 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6048 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6049 For readability, the table is slightly
6050 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6052 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6053 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6054 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6055 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6056 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6058 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6062 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6063 ;;;;;; (17995 6542))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6065 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6066 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6068 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6069 Completion on current word.
6070 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6071 and presents suggestions for completion.
6073 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6074 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6077 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6078 then it searches *all* buffers.
6080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6082 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6083 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6085 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6086 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6087 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6088 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6089 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6091 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6092 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6094 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6095 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6096 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6098 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6099 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6101 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17947
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6111 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6112 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6114 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6115 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6116 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6118 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6119 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6120 Data lines are not indented.
6125 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6127 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6128 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6129 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6130 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6132 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6135 Extra indentation within blocks.
6137 dcl-continuation-offset
6138 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6141 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6143 dcl-margin-label-offset
6144 Indentation for a label.
6146 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6147 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6149 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6150 dcl-block-end-regexp
6151 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6152 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6153 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6154 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6155 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6157 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6158 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6159 Two such functions are included in the package:
6160 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6161 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6163 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6164 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6165 One such function is included in the package:
6166 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6168 dcl-tab-always-indent
6169 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6170 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6173 dcl-electric-characters
6174 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6177 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6178 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6179 which words trigger electric indentation.
6182 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6183 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6184 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6186 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6187 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6188 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6189 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6191 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6192 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6193 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6194 dcl-imenu-label-call
6195 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6197 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6198 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6199 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6203 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6205 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6206 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6207 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6209 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6210 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6214 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6215 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6216 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6217 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6218 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6219 \"lined up with the command line\"
6221 Data lines are not indented at all.
6222 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6227 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6228 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17843 45615))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6238 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6240 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6241 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6242 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6245 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6246 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6247 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6249 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6251 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6252 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6254 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6256 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6257 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6258 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6259 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6260 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6261 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6263 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6264 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6266 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6268 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6269 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6270 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6271 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6274 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6279 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6282 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6283 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6287 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6288 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6289 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6290 Upper-case letters are commands.
6292 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6295 The most useful commands are:
6296 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6297 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6298 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6299 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6300 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6301 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6308 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17843
6310 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6312 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6313 Customization of `columns' group.
6317 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6318 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6320 START and END delimits the text region.
6322 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6324 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6325 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6327 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6329 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6333 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17843
6335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6337 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6338 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6339 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6340 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6341 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6342 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6344 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6348 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6349 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6350 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6351 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6352 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6353 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6354 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6355 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6356 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6357 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6358 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6359 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6361 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6362 Directories to search when finding external units.
6363 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6364 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6368 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6369 Face used to color delphi comments.
6370 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6371 Face used to color delphi strings.
6372 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6373 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6374 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6375 Face used to color everything else.
6377 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6378 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6380 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17843
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6388 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6390 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6391 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6392 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6395 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6397 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6399 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6400 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6401 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6404 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6405 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6406 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6414 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17843 45615))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6417 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6418 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6420 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6422 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6423 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6424 or nil if there is no parent.
6425 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6426 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6427 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6428 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6429 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6431 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6432 arguments are currently understood:
6434 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6435 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6437 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6438 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6440 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6441 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6443 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6445 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6447 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6448 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6449 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6451 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6452 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6454 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6455 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6456 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6458 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6459 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6461 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6462 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6464 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6466 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6468 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6469 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6470 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6471 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6472 the first time the mode is used.
6474 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6479 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17939 56016))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6482 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6483 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6484 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6485 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6486 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6489 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6491 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6492 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6493 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6494 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6495 character composition information (if relevant),
6496 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6502 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6503 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6504 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6505 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17949 5807))
6506 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6508 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6509 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6510 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6512 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6514 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6515 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6516 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6517 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6518 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6519 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6523 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6524 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6525 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6526 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6530 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6531 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6532 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6534 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6535 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6536 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6538 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6539 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6541 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6542 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6543 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6545 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6546 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6547 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6548 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6550 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6552 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6553 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6555 Handlers are called with argument list
6557 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6559 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6561 desktop-file-version
6562 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6563 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6564 desktop-buffer-point
6566 desktop-buffer-read-only
6567 desktop-buffer-locals
6569 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6570 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6572 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6575 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6577 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6578 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6580 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6582 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6584 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6585 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6586 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6587 List elements must have the form
6589 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6591 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6594 Handlers are called with argument list
6596 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6598 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6600 desktop-file-version
6601 desktop-buffer-file-name
6603 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6604 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6605 desktop-buffer-point
6607 desktop-buffer-read-only
6610 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6611 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6614 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6617 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6619 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6620 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6622 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6624 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6626 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6628 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6630 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6631 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6632 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6636 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6637 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6638 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6639 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6641 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6643 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6644 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6645 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6649 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6650 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6651 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6652 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6653 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6654 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6655 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6656 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6658 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6660 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6661 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6662 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6666 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6667 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6668 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6669 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6672 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6674 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6675 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6679 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6680 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6687 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6688 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17843 45616))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6691 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6692 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6693 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6694 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6695 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6696 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6698 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6700 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6701 Repair a broken attribution line.
6702 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6704 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6706 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6707 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6708 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6709 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6711 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6713 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6714 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6720 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6721 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17843 45620))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6724 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6726 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6731 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6738 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6739 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17958 15315))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6742 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6743 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6744 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6745 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6746 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6750 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6751 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6752 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6753 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6755 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6756 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6757 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6758 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6761 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6763 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6764 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6765 european-calendar-style t \\
6766 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6767 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6768 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6770 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6771 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6772 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6773 to run it every morning at 1am.
6775 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6777 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6778 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6785 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17843 45609))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6788 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6789 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6791 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6793 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6794 *The command to use to run diff.")
6796 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6798 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6799 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6800 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6801 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6802 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6803 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6805 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6807 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6808 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6809 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6810 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6811 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6812 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6814 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6818 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6819 ;;;;;; (17942 38318))
6820 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6822 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6823 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6824 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6827 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6828 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6829 headers for you on-the-fly.
6831 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6832 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6833 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6839 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6840 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6841 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6848 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6849 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6850 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6851 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17995 6542))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6854 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6855 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6856 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6857 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6858 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6859 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6860 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6861 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6863 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6865 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6866 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6868 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6869 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6870 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6871 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6872 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6874 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6875 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6877 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6878 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6879 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6880 always set this variable to t.")
6882 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6884 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6885 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6886 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6887 A value of t means move to first file.")
6889 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6891 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6892 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6893 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6894 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6895 are afterward marked with that character.")
6897 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6899 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6900 *Controls marking of copied files.
6901 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6902 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6906 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6907 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6908 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6909 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6911 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6913 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6914 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6915 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6916 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6918 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6920 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6921 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6922 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6923 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6925 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6929 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6930 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6931 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6933 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6935 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6936 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6937 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6938 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6939 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6940 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6942 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6943 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6944 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6945 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6946 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6947 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6948 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6949 list of files to make directory entries for.
6950 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6951 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6952 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6953 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6955 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6957 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6958 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6960 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6961 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6963 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6964 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6966 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6967 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6969 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6972 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6974 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6976 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6977 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6978 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6979 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6980 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6981 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6982 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6983 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6984 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6985 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6986 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6987 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6988 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6989 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6990 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6991 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6992 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6993 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6994 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6995 to see why something went wrong.
6996 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6997 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6998 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6999 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7000 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7001 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7002 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7003 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7004 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7005 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7006 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7007 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7008 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7010 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7011 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7012 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7013 again for the directory tree.
7015 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7018 `dired-listing-switches'
7019 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7020 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7023 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7024 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7025 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7026 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7028 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7030 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7031 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7038 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7039 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7043 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7044 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7045 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7046 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7047 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7048 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7049 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7050 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7051 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7052 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7053 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7054 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7055 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7056 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17939 56016))
7057 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7059 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7060 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7061 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7062 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7063 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7064 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7065 which is options for `diff'.
7067 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7069 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7070 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7071 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7072 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7073 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7074 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7076 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7078 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7079 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7080 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7081 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7082 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7083 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7084 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7086 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7088 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7089 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7090 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7091 returned by function `file-attributes'
7093 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7094 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7096 Examples of PREDICATE:
7098 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7099 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7100 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7101 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7102 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7104 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7106 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7107 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7108 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7112 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7113 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7117 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7118 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7122 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7131 `lpr-switches' as default.
7133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7135 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7137 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7138 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7139 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7141 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7142 with a prefix argument.
7146 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7147 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7148 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7149 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7150 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7152 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7153 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7155 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7156 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7157 file name substituted for `?'.
7159 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7160 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7162 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7163 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7164 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7165 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7167 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7169 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7170 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7171 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7173 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7174 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7177 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7178 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7179 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7181 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7183 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7186 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7188 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7189 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7190 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7191 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7192 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7193 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7194 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7195 from the buffer as well.
7196 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7197 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7198 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7200 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7202 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7205 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7207 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7210 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7212 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7213 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7217 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7218 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7222 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7223 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7227 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7228 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7229 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7230 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7232 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7233 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7234 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7235 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7236 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7237 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7238 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7240 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7245 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7247 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7250 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7252 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7255 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7257 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7260 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7262 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7265 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7267 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7268 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7270 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7272 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7273 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7274 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7275 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7276 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7277 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7278 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7279 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7280 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7282 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7289 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7290 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7291 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7292 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7293 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7294 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7296 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7301 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7302 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7303 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7304 and new hard links are made in that directory
7305 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7306 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7307 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7311 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7312 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7313 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7314 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7315 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7316 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7317 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7321 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7322 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7324 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7325 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7326 file if none are marked.
7328 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7329 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7330 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7331 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7333 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7334 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7336 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7338 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7339 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7340 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7342 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7344 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7345 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7346 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7348 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7350 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7352 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7354 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7356 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7361 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7362 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7366 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7367 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7368 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7369 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7370 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7371 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7373 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7375 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7376 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7377 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7378 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7379 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7380 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7381 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7383 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7385 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7386 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7387 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7388 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7389 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7390 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7392 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7394 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7397 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7398 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7400 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7402 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7403 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7404 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7405 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7409 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7410 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7411 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7412 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7416 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7417 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7418 Lower levels are unaffected.
7420 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7422 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7423 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7427 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7428 Go down in the dired tree.
7432 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7433 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7434 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7435 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7439 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7440 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7441 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7442 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7446 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7447 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7448 Stops when a match is found.
7449 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7451 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7453 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7454 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7455 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7456 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7457 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7459 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7461 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7462 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7463 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7464 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7466 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7470 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7471 ;;;;;; (17988 52353))
7472 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7474 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7475 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7476 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7477 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7478 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7479 buffer and try again.
7481 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7483 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7484 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7485 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7486 This creates relative symbolic links like
7490 not absolute ones like
7492 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7494 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7500 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17843 45609))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7503 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7504 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7505 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7507 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7509 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7510 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7512 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7513 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7515 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17843
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7523 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7524 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7525 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7526 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7527 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7528 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7530 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7534 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7535 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7536 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7537 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7538 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7539 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17939 56016))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7542 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7543 Return a new, empty display table.
7547 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7548 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7549 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7550 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7551 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7553 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7555 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7556 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7557 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7558 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7559 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7561 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7563 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7564 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7568 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7569 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7573 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7574 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7578 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7579 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7583 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7584 Display character C using printable string S.
7588 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7589 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7590 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7591 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7593 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7595 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7596 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7597 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7600 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7602 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7603 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7605 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7607 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7608 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7610 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7612 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7613 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7615 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7617 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7618 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7620 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7622 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7623 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7625 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7627 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7628 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7630 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7631 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7632 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7633 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7635 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7636 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7637 European character display.
7639 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7640 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7641 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7642 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7644 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7645 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7646 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7647 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7648 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7655 ;;;;;; (17941 5494))
7656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7658 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7659 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7660 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7661 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7662 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7663 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7664 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17950 27944))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7674 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7675 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7676 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7677 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7678 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7679 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7681 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7682 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7683 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7684 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7685 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7687 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7692 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17843 45630))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7695 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7696 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7697 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7698 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7699 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7700 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7701 table and its own syntax table.
7703 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7706 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7708 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7709 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7712 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7716 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17941 5494))
7717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7719 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7720 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7726 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7727 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
7728 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7730 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7733 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7735 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7737 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7739 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7741 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7742 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7748 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17843 45625))
7749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7751 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7752 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7759 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7762 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7763 Play sounds in message buffers.
7769 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7770 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17988 52353))
7772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7774 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7776 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7777 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7778 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7779 and toggle command MODE.
7781 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7782 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7783 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7784 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7785 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7786 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7787 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7788 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7791 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7792 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7793 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7794 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7795 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7796 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7797 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7798 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7799 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7800 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7801 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7802 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7803 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7804 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7805 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7806 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7807 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7809 For example, you could write
7810 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7811 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7814 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7816 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7818 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7820 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7821 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7822 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7823 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7824 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7825 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7826 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7827 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7828 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7829 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7830 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7831 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7833 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7834 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7835 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7836 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7837 call another major mode in their body.
7839 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7841 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7842 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7843 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7844 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7845 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7846 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7847 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7849 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7851 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7854 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7856 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7857 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7858 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7860 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7864 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7865 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17843
7867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7869 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7871 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7872 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7874 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7875 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7876 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7878 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7879 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7883 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7884 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7888 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7889 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7893 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7894 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7896 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7898 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7900 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7902 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7903 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7905 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7906 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7908 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7910 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7912 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7916 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7917 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7918 computed automatically.
7919 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7923 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7925 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7926 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7927 keyboard equivalent.
7931 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7932 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7936 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7937 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7941 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7942 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7946 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7950 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7951 radio: A radio button.
7952 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7953 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7955 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7959 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7964 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7966 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7967 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7968 as a solid horizontal line.
7970 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7972 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7974 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7977 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7979 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7980 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7981 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7982 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7984 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7986 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7987 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7988 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7989 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7990 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7991 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7993 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7994 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7995 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7997 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7998 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7999 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8001 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8002 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8004 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8008 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8009 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8010 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8011 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8012 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8013 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8014 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8015 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17951 39252))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8018 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8019 Customization for ebnf group.
8023 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8024 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8026 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8028 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8031 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8033 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8035 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8036 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8038 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8039 killed after process termination.
8041 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8043 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8045 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8046 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8048 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8049 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8052 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8053 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8054 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8055 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8057 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8059 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8060 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8061 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8063 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8065 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8066 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8068 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8070 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8073 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8075 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8077 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8078 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8080 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8081 killed after process termination.
8083 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8085 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8087 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8088 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8089 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8090 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8092 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8096 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8097 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8098 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8100 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8104 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8105 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8107 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8109 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8112 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8114 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8116 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8119 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8120 killed after EPS generation.
8122 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8124 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8126 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8129 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8130 The EPS file name has the following form:
8132 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8134 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8135 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8137 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8138 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8139 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8140 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8141 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8143 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8148 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8149 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8151 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8152 The EPS file name has the following form:
8154 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8156 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8157 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8159 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8160 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8161 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8162 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8163 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8165 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8168 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8170 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8172 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8173 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8175 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8177 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8180 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8182 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8184 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8185 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8187 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8188 killed after syntax checking.
8190 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8192 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8194 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8195 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8199 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8202 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8204 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8205 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8209 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8210 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8214 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8216 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8223 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8228 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8230 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8231 Set STYLE as the current style.
8233 Returns the old style symbol.
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Reset current style.
8242 Returns the old style symbol.
8244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8246 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8248 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8249 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8251 Returns the old style symbol.
8253 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8259 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8260 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8262 Returns the old style symbol.
8264 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8272 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8273 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8274 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8275 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8276 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8277 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8278 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8279 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8280 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8281 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17827
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8286 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8287 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8288 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8289 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8290 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8291 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8293 Tree mode key bindings:
8294 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8298 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8299 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8303 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8304 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8306 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8310 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8311 View declaration of member at point.
8315 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8316 Find declaration of member at point.
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8321 View definition of member at point.
8325 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8326 Find definition of member at point.
8330 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8331 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8335 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8336 View definition of member at point in other window.
8340 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8341 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8345 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8346 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8350 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8351 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8355 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8356 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8360 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8361 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8362 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8363 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8366 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8370 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8371 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8373 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8375 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8376 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8377 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8378 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8380 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8382 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8383 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8384 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8386 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8388 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8389 Search for call sites of a member.
8390 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8391 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8392 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8393 looks like a function call to the member.
8395 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8397 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8398 Move backward in the position stack.
8399 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8403 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8404 Move forward in the position stack.
8405 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8409 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8410 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8414 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8415 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8421 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8422 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8424 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8426 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8427 Display statistics for a class tree.
8433 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8434 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8435 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8437 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8438 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8439 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8440 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8442 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8443 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8444 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8446 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8447 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8448 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8450 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8452 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8459 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17843 45610))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8462 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8463 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8464 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8466 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8470 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8471 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8472 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17951 39252))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8475 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8476 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8477 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8478 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8479 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8481 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8482 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8483 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8484 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8486 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8488 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8489 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8490 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8491 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8493 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8495 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8496 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8497 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8498 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8500 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8502 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8504 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8505 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8506 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8507 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8508 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8510 If you do this on a function definition
8511 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8512 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8513 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8514 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8516 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8517 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8518 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8519 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8524 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8525 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8529 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8530 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8536 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8537 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8538 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8539 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8540 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8541 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8542 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8543 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8544 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8545 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17939 56017))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8548 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8549 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8551 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8553 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8554 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8556 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8558 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8560 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8564 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8565 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8574 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8577 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8579 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8581 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8583 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8584 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8585 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8586 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8588 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8590 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8594 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8595 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8597 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8599 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8602 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8603 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8604 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8606 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8608 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8610 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8611 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8612 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8613 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8615 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8617 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8620 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8621 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8622 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8623 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8624 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8626 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8630 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8631 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8633 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8635 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8638 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8639 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8640 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8642 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8644 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8648 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8649 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8650 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8652 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8653 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8655 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8657 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8658 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8659 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8661 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8662 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8664 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8666 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8667 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8668 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8669 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8670 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8672 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8675 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8676 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8677 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8678 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8679 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8681 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8683 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8685 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8686 Merge two files without ancestor.
8688 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8691 Merge two files with ancestor.
8693 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8695 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8697 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8698 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8700 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8702 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8703 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8705 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8708 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8709 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8712 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8715 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8716 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8719 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8721 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8722 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8723 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8724 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8728 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8729 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8730 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8731 and don't ask the user.
8732 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8733 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8735 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8739 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8740 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8741 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8742 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8743 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8744 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8746 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8748 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8750 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8752 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8753 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8754 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8755 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8756 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8758 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8760 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8762 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8763 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8764 When called interactively, displays the version.
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8769 Display Ediff's manual.
8770 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8772 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8777 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8780 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17843 45610))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8790 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8791 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8793 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8795 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8799 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8800 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8803 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8804 Display Ediff's registry.
8808 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8813 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17939 56016))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8816 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8817 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8818 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8823 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8824 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8825 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8826 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8832 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8833 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8837 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8838 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8839 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8841 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8842 Edit a keyboard macro.
8843 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8844 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8845 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8847 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8849 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8851 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8852 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8854 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8856 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8857 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8859 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8861 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8862 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8863 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8864 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8865 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8866 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8868 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8869 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8870 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8871 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8873 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8875 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8876 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8877 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8878 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8879 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8880 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8882 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8887 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17843 45615))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8890 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8892 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8893 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8895 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8897 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8898 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8904 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8905 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8908 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8909 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8910 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8911 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8912 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8913 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8914 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8916 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8917 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8919 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8920 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8921 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8922 this value is non-nil.
8924 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8925 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8926 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8928 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8929 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8930 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8932 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8934 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8937 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8942 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17988 52353))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8945 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8946 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8948 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8950 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8951 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8952 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8953 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8954 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8955 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8956 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8958 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8962 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8963 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8967 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8968 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8969 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8970 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8971 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8972 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8975 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8976 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17843
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8984 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8985 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8987 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8988 an elided material again.
8990 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8997 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9000 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9008 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17843
9010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9012 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9013 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9014 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9016 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9018 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9019 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9020 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9022 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9024 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9025 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9026 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9028 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9030 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9032 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9033 Display current profiling results.
9034 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9035 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9042 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9043 ;;;;;; (17939 56022))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9046 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9047 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9048 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9050 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9054 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9055 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9056 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9057 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9058 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9061 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9062 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9063 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9064 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9065 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9066 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9067 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9068 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9069 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9070 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9071 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9072 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9073 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9074 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9075 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9076 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9078 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9079 Run Emerge on two files.
9081 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9083 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9084 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9086 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9088 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9089 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9091 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9093 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9094 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9096 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9098 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9103 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9108 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9111 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9116 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9119 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9121 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9123 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9124 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9126 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9128 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9131 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9136 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9139 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9140 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9141 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9143 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9144 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9146 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9148 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9149 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9150 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9152 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9153 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9156 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9157 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9158 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9165 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17843 45630))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9168 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9169 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9170 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9171 text/enriched format.
9172 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9174 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9175 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9179 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9183 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9186 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9188 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9191 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9196 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17939 56021))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9199 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9200 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9204 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9205 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9206 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9208 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9210 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9211 (server (erc-compute-server))
9212 (port (erc-compute-port))
9213 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9215 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9217 That is, if called with
9219 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9221 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9222 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9223 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9225 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9227 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9229 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9230 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9231 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9232 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9234 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17939
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17939 56021))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9247 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17939 56021))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17939 56021))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9259 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9263 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9264 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17843 45616))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9267 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9268 Parser for /dcc command.
9269 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9270 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9271 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9273 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9275 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9276 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9280 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9281 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9283 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9284 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9285 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9288 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9293 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9294 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9295 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9296 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9299 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9300 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9302 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9304 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9305 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9306 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9307 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9309 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9311 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9314 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9316 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9317 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9319 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9321 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9322 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9324 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9326 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9327 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9329 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9331 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9332 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9334 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9336 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9337 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9339 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9341 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9342 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9344 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9346 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9347 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9351 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9352 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17939
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9361 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9363 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9364 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9365 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17843
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9374 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9379 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17939 56021))
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9381 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9383 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9384 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9385 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9386 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9387 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9388 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9391 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9393 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9396 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9400 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9401 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9404 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17843 45616))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9413 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9418 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17939 56021))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9420 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9422 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9423 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9424 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9425 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9426 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9427 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9429 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9431 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9432 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9433 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9434 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9436 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9437 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9440 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9441 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9448 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9449 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9450 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
9451 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9452 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9454 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9455 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9459 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9460 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9464 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9465 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9469 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9470 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9474 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9475 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9479 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9480 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9484 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9485 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9489 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9490 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17939 56021))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9498 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9502 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9503 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9505 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9507 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9514 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9515 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17939 56021))
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9518 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9519 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9520 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9521 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9525 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9526 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9532 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9533 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17939 56021))
9534 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9535 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9537 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9538 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9539 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9540 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9542 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9544 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17843 45616))
9552 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9553 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17939
9559 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9560 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17843 45616))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9566 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17939 56021))
9571 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9572 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9577 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17939 56021))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9581 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9582 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9586 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9587 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9588 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9590 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17843 45616))
9595 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9596 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9601 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
9602 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9604 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9605 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9606 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17939
9614 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9615 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17939 56021))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9621 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9625 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9626 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
9627 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9629 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9630 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9631 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
9633 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9635 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9636 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9639 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9640 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9641 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9648 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9649 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17843 45616))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9651 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9653 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9654 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9655 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9656 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9658 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9660 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9661 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9662 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9672 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9673 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9679 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17939
9681 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9683 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9684 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17843
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9696 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9697 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9703 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9704 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17843 45616))
9705 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9707 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9708 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9709 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9710 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9711 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9712 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9713 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9714 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9715 buffer selected (or created).
9717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9719 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9720 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9721 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9723 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9725 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9726 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9727 The result might be any Lisp object.
9728 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9729 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9730 corresponding to a successful execution.
9732 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9734 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9735 Report a bug in Eshell.
9736 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9737 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9743 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9744 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9745 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9746 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9747 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9748 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9749 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9750 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
9751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9753 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9754 *File name of tags table.
9755 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9756 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9757 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9758 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9760 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9761 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9762 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9763 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9765 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9767 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9768 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9769 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9770 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9771 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9772 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9774 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9776 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9777 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9778 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9779 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9780 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9781 `auto-compression-mode').")
9783 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9785 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9786 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9787 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9788 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9789 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9791 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9793 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9794 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9795 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9796 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9798 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9800 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9801 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9802 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9803 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9804 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9806 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9808 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9809 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9813 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9814 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9815 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9816 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9818 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9819 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9820 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9821 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9822 file the tag was in.
9824 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9826 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9827 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9828 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9829 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9830 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9831 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9832 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9833 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9834 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9836 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9838 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9839 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9840 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9841 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9842 without directory names.
9846 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9847 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9848 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9849 but does not select the buffer.
9850 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9852 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9853 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9854 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9855 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9856 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9858 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9860 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9861 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9862 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9864 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9866 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9868 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9869 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9870 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9871 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9873 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9874 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9875 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9876 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9877 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9879 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9881 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9882 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9883 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9885 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9887 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9888 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9890 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9891 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9892 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9893 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9894 around or before point.
9896 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9897 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9898 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9899 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9900 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9902 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9904 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9905 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9906 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9908 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9910 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9911 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9913 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9914 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9915 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9916 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9917 around or before point.
9919 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9920 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9921 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9922 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9923 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9925 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9927 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9928 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9929 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9931 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9933 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9934 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9936 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9937 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9938 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9940 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9941 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9942 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9943 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9944 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9946 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9948 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9949 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9950 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9952 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9954 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9955 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9956 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9958 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9959 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9961 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9962 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9963 where they were found.
9967 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9968 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9970 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9971 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9972 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9974 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9975 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9977 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9978 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9980 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9982 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9983 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9984 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9985 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9987 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9988 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9989 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9990 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9991 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9993 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9994 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9996 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9997 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9998 Stops when a match is found.
9999 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10001 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10003 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10005 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10006 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10007 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10008 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10009 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10011 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10013 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10015 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10016 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10017 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10018 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10019 directory specification.
10021 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10023 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10024 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10026 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10028 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10029 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10030 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10031 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10035 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10036 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10037 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10038 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10039 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10046 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10047 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10048 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10049 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10050 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10051 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10052 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17843 45620))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10055 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10062 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10063 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10065 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10066 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10069 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10070 even if the buffer is read-only.
10072 See also the descriptions of the variables
10073 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10074 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10076 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10078 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10079 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10081 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10082 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10084 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10085 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10088 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10089 buffer is read-only.
10091 See also the descriptions of the variables
10092 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10093 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10095 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10097 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10098 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10099 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10103 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10104 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10106 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10107 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10109 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10110 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10114 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10115 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10116 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10117 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10119 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10121 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10122 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10123 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10124 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10126 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10127 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10128 the primary language.
10130 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10131 buffer is read-only.
10133 See also the descriptions of the variables
10134 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10135 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10137 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10139 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10140 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10141 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10142 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10144 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10145 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10148 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10149 buffer is read-only.
10151 See also the descriptions of the variables
10152 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10153 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10155 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10157 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10158 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10159 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10163 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10164 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10166 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10167 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10168 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10169 3) convert the body into SERA.
10171 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10175 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10176 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10177 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10179 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10181 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10182 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10186 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10187 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10189 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10190 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10193 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10194 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10195 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10197 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10199 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10201 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10202 Allow the user to input special characters.
10206 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10207 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10208 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10212 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10213 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10217 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10218 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10220 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10221 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10223 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10224 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10228 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10229 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10233 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10234 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10238 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10239 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10246 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10247 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
10248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10250 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10251 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10252 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10253 server for future sessions.
10255 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10257 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10258 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10259 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10261 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10263 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10264 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10265 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10267 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10270 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10271 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10272 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10273 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10274 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10275 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10276 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10277 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10278 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10279 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10280 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10282 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10284 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10285 Display a form to query the directory server.
10286 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10287 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10289 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10291 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10292 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10293 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10297 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10301 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10302 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10303 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17843 45624))
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10306 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10307 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10309 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10311 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10312 Display URL and make it clickable.
10314 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10316 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10317 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10319 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10321 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10322 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10324 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10326 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10327 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10329 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10331 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10332 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10334 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10338 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10339 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17843 45624))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10342 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10343 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10344 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10348 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10349 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10356 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10359 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10360 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10366 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17939
10368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10370 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10371 Create an empty ewoc.
10373 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10375 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10376 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10377 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10378 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10379 `insert-before-markers'.
10381 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10382 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10383 respectively, of the ewoc.
10385 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10386 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10387 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10389 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10394 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10395 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10396 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10399 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10400 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10401 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10403 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10405 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10406 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10407 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10408 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10409 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10411 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10413 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10414 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10415 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10416 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10417 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10420 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10422 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10423 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10424 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10428 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10429 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10430 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10438 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10439 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
10440 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10442 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10443 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10444 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10445 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10447 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10449 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10450 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10451 to generate such functions.
10453 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10454 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10455 beginning of the expanded text.
10457 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10458 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10459 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10460 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10462 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10464 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10466 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook
) "expand" "\
10467 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10468 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10472 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10473 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10474 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10478 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10479 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10480 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10483 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10484 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10488 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17843 45627))
10489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10491 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10492 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10493 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10495 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10496 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10497 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10499 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10504 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10507 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10509 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10511 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10512 `f90-program-indent'
10513 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10515 `f90-continuation-indent'
10516 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10517 `f90-comment-region'
10518 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10519 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10520 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10521 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10523 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10524 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10525 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10526 `f90-break-delimiters'
10527 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10528 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10529 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10530 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10532 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10533 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10535 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10536 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10537 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10538 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10539 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10540 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10541 `f90-leave-line-no'
10542 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10544 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10545 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10551 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10552 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10553 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10554 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10555 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17843 45610))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10557 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10558 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10560 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10561 Menu keymap for faces.")
10563 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10565 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10566 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10568 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10570 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10571 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10573 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10575 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10576 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10578 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10580 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10581 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10583 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10585 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10586 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10588 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10590 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10591 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10593 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10595 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10597 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10599 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10601 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10602 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10604 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10605 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10606 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10607 to the faces to use for the next character
10608 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10609 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10611 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10612 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10613 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10614 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10615 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10616 preceding faces (including FACE).
10618 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10619 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10621 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10623 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10624 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10625 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10627 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10628 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10631 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10632 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10633 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10635 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10637 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10638 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10639 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10641 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10642 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10645 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10646 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10647 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10649 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10651 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10652 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10653 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10654 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10655 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10656 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10657 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10659 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10660 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10663 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10664 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10665 to insert cancels the specification.
10667 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10669 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10670 Make the region invisible.
10671 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10672 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10674 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10676 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10677 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10678 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10679 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10681 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10683 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10684 Make the region unmodifiable.
10685 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10686 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10690 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10691 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10693 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10695 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10696 Remove all text properties from the region.
10698 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10700 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10701 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10702 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10704 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10706 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10707 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10709 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10711 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10712 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10713 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10714 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10715 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10716 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10718 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10723 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10724 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17939 56022))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10727 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10728 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10729 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10730 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10734 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10735 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10739 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10740 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10741 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10742 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10746 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10747 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10748 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10749 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10750 backup file names and the like).
10752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10754 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10755 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10756 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10757 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10758 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10759 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10760 internally by feedmail):
10762 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10763 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10764 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10765 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10767 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10768 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10769 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10770 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10771 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10773 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10777 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10778 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17943 51387))
10779 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10781 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10782 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10783 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10784 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10785 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10786 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10787 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10789 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10791 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10792 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10793 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10794 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10795 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10796 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10797 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10801 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10803 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10804 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10805 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10806 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10807 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10808 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10810 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10812 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10813 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10814 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10816 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10817 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10822 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10823 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10825 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10827 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10828 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10835 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10836 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10837 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17843 45610))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10840 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10841 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10842 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10843 be added to the cache.
10845 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10847 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10848 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10849 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10850 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10851 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10853 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10855 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10856 Add FILE to the file cache.
10860 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10861 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10862 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10864 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10866 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10867 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10868 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10870 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10872 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10873 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10874 This function does not use any external programs
10875 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10876 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10877 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10879 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10881 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10882 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10883 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10884 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10885 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10886 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10887 \(directories) is done.
10890 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10891 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10892 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10896 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17843
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10900 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10901 Filesets initialization.
10902 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17988 52354))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10910 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10914 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10915 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10916 ;;;;;; (17988 52353))
10917 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10919 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10920 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10921 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10922 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10923 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10925 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10927 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10928 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10929 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10930 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10931 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10933 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10935 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10936 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10937 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10938 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10940 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10942 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10943 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10944 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10946 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10948 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10949 as the final argument.
10951 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10953 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10954 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10955 and run dired on those files.
10956 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10957 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10959 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10961 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10963 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10964 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10965 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10967 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10969 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10971 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10976 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10977 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10980 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10981 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10982 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10983 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10984 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10985 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10986 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10988 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10989 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10990 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10992 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10994 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10996 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10998 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10999 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11000 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11002 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11003 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11005 Variables of interest include:
11007 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11008 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11009 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11011 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11012 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11013 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11015 - `ff-ignore-include'
11016 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11018 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11019 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11022 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11024 - `ff-special-constructs'
11025 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11026 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11027 extracting the filename from that construct.
11029 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11030 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11032 - `ff-search-directories'
11033 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11034 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11036 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11037 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11039 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11040 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11042 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11043 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11045 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11046 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11048 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11049 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11051 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11053 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11054 Visit the file you click on.
11056 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11058 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11059 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11061 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11065 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11066 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11067 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11068 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11069 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11070 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17843 45615))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11074 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11075 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11077 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11080 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11081 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11082 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11084 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11085 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11086 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11087 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11089 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11091 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11092 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11094 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11095 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11096 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11097 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11099 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11100 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11103 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11105 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11106 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11108 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11109 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11110 places point before the definition.
11111 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11113 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11114 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11115 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11117 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11119 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11120 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11122 See `find-function' for more details.
11124 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11126 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11127 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11129 See `find-function' for more details.
11131 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11133 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11134 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11136 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11137 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11138 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11140 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11141 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11143 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11145 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11146 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11148 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11149 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11150 places point before the definition.
11152 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11154 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11155 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11156 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11158 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11160 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11161 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11163 See `find-variable' for more details.
11165 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11167 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11168 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11170 See `find-variable' for more details.
11172 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11174 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11175 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11176 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11177 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11178 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11179 buffer nor display it.
11181 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11182 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11184 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11186 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11187 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11189 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11190 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11191 places point before the definition.
11193 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11195 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11196 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11197 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11201 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11202 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11203 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11207 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11208 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11212 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11213 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11217 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11218 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11224 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11225 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17939 56017))
11226 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11228 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11229 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11231 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11233 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11234 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11238 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11239 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11241 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11246 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17843 45610))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11249 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11250 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11254 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11255 Display FILE's commentary section.
11256 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11260 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11261 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11267 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11268 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17843 45610))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11271 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11272 Toggle flow control handling.
11273 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11274 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11276 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11278 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11279 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11280 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11281 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11282 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11283 to get the effect of a C-q.
11285 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11293 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11296 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11298 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11305 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11306 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17939 56022))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11309 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11310 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11311 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11312 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11316 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11317 Turn flymake mode on.
11321 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11322 Turn flymake mode off.
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11329 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11330 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17970 18176))
11331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11333 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11334 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11337 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11339 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11340 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11341 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11342 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11343 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11344 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11347 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11348 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11349 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11350 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11353 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11356 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11357 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11358 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11360 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11362 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11363 in your .emacs file.
11365 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11366 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11370 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11371 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11375 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11376 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11380 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11381 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11385 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11386 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11388 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11390 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11391 Flyspell whole buffer.
11397 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11398 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11399 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
11400 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11402 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11403 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11407 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11408 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11412 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11413 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11415 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11416 of two major techniques:
11418 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11419 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11420 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11422 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11423 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11424 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11427 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11428 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11429 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11430 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11431 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11434 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11435 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11437 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11439 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11440 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11441 \(This is the default.)
11443 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11444 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11446 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11447 \\{follow-mode-map}
11449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11451 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11452 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11454 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11455 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11456 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11457 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11458 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11459 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11461 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11462 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11463 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11465 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11466 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11467 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11473 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17955
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11477 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11478 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11479 \\<message-mode-map>
11483 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11484 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11485 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11486 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11487 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11488 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11494 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11495 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17843 45610))
11496 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11498 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11499 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11501 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11502 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11503 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11504 C-c < forms-first-record <
11505 C-c > forms-last-record >
11506 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11507 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11508 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11509 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11510 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11511 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11512 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11513 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11514 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11515 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11517 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11519 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11520 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11524 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11525 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11531 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17843 45628))
11533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11535 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11536 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11537 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11538 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11539 with a character in column 6.")
11541 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11543 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11544 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11545 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11547 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11548 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11550 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11553 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11555 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11557 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11558 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11559 `fortran-do-indent'
11560 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11561 `fortran-if-indent'
11562 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11563 `fortran-structure-indent'
11564 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11566 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11567 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11568 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11569 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11570 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11571 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11572 nil don't change the indentation
11573 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11575 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11576 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11577 depending on the continuation format in use.
11578 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11579 indentation for a line of code.
11581 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11582 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11583 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11584 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11585 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11586 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11587 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11588 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11589 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11590 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11592 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11593 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11594 statements (default nil).
11595 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11596 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11597 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11598 `fortran-continuation-string'
11599 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11600 line (default \"$\").
11601 `fortran-comment-region'
11602 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11603 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11604 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11605 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11606 as typed (default t).
11607 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11608 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11610 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11611 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11618 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17843 45625))
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11621 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11622 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11624 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11625 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11627 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11629 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11630 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11632 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11633 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11635 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11637 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11638 Compile fortune file.
11640 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11641 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11643 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11645 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11646 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11648 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11649 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11650 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11651 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11653 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11655 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11656 Display a fortune cookie.
11658 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11659 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11660 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11661 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11663 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11668 ;;;;;; (17941 5494))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11671 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11672 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11676 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11677 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11678 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11679 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11681 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11682 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11683 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11684 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11685 some of the buffers.
11687 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11689 The following commands help control operation :
11691 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11692 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11694 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11695 detailed description of this mode.
11698 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11700 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11701 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11705 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11706 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11707 | | (comint-mode) |
11714 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11715 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11716 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11717 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11718 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11719 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11721 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11723 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11724 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11726 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11730 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11731 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17843
11733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11735 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11736 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11737 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11738 instead (which see).")
11740 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11741 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11743 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11744 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11745 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11746 documentation string instead.
11748 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11749 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11750 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11751 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11752 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11753 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11754 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11755 enders are actually possible.
11757 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11758 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11760 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11761 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11762 `font-lock-keywords'.
11764 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11765 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11766 runs the macro expansion.
11768 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11769 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11770 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11772 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11774 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11776 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11777 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11779 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11781 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11782 Enter generic mode MODE.
11784 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11785 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11786 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11788 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11789 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11793 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11794 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11795 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11796 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11797 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11798 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11799 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11800 `font-lock-keywords'.
11802 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11807 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11810 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11811 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11812 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11813 at places they belong to.
11815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11819 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11820 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17939 56021))
11821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11823 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11824 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11826 Guideline for numbers:
11827 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11828 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11831 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11833 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11834 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11835 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11837 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11839 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11840 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11842 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11844 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11845 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11847 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11848 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11849 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11850 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11851 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11852 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11854 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11855 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11856 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11857 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11858 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11860 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11862 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11867 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17843 45617))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11869 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11870 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11872 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11873 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11877 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11879 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11880 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11881 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11882 name of an NNTP server to use.
11883 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11886 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11888 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11889 Read news as a slave.
11891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11893 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11894 Pop up a frame to read news.
11895 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11896 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11897 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11898 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11899 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11900 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11901 current display is used.
11903 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11905 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11907 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11908 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11909 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11911 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11915 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11916 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11917 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11918 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11919 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11920 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17843 45616))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11923 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11924 Start Gnus unplugged.
11928 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11929 Start Gnus plugged.
11933 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11938 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11941 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11942 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11943 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11945 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11946 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11947 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11951 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11952 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11956 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11958 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11959 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11960 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11963 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11967 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11968 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11969 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11972 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11974 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11975 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11980 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11981 downloaded into the agent.
11983 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11987 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11988 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11990 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11992 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11993 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11997 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11998 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12002 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12003 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12004 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12006 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12011 ;;;;;; (17959 36648))
12012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12014 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12015 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12022 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12025 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12026 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12034 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17843
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12038 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12039 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12042 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12047 Generate the cache active file.
12049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12051 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12052 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12057 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12058 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12059 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12060 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12063 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12065 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12066 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12067 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12068 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12069 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12072 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12076 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12077 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17843 45616))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12080 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12081 Delay this article by some time.
12082 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12084 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12085 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12087 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12088 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12090 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12091 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12093 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12095 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12096 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12101 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12102 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12103 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12105 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12106 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12108 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12112 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12113 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17988 52353))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12116 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12119 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12121 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12124 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12128 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12129 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12132 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12133 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12139 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12140 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12143 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12144 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12151 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12152 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17843
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12156 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12157 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12161 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12171 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12172 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12176 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12177 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12178 The PNG is returned as a string.
12180 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12182 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12183 Convert FILE to a Face.
12184 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12187 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12192 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17843 45617))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12196 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12197 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12199 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12201 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12202 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12204 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12209 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12212 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12214 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12215 Run batched scoring.
12216 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12222 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12223 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12224 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12227 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12232 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12233 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12234 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12236 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12238 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12239 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12241 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12247 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12248 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12249 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12252 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12253 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12254 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12255 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12258 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12259 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12260 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12261 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12263 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12264 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12265 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12266 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12267 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12268 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12269 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12270 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12271 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12272 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12274 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12277 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12278 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12281 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12282 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12284 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12286 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12287 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12288 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12290 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12294 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12295 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12296 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12298 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12300 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12301 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12302 existing groups are considered.
12304 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12305 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12308 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12309 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12310 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12311 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12312 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12313 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12314 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12315 clauses will be generated.
12317 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12318 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12319 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12320 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12321 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12322 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12324 For example, given the following group parameters:
12327 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12328 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12330 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12331 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12332 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12333 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12335 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12337 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12339 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12341 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12342 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12345 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12349 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12350 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12354 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12355 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12357 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12362 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17949 5807))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12365 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12367 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12368 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12370 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12372 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12375 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12377 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12378 Like `message-reply'.
12380 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12382 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12387 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17843 45617))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12390 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12391 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12395 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12396 Load the NoCeM cache.
12402 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12403 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12404 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12408 Display picons in the From header.
12409 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12414 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12415 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12420 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12421 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12427 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12428 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12429 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12430 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12431 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17843 45617))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12434 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12435 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12436 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12437 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12439 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12442 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12443 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12448 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12449 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12450 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12452 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12454 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12460 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12461 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12463 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12465 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12466 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12467 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12469 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12471 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12481 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12483 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12485 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12486 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12487 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12489 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12491 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12492 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12494 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12498 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12499 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17939 56021))
12500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12508 Install the registry hooks.
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12515 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17843
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12519 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12520 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12521 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12522 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12523 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12524 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12528 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12529 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12530 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12531 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12532 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12536 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12543 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12544 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12547 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12548 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12549 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12550 for matching on group names.
12552 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12553 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12555 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12557 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12563 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12564 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12567 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12568 Update the format specification near point.
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12575 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17843
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12579 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12580 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12582 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12584 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12591 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12592 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12595 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12596 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12598 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17941 5494))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12605 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12606 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12608 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12609 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12610 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12612 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12613 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12614 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12616 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12617 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12619 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12620 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12622 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12624 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12628 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12629 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17843 45624))
12630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12632 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12634 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12635 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12636 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12637 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12638 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12640 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12642 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12643 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12644 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12646 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12647 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12649 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12650 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12653 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12657 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12658 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12659 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17943 52506))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12662 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12663 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12665 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12667 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12668 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12669 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12670 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12671 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12673 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12674 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12676 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12678 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12679 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12680 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12681 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12683 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12685 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12686 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12688 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12690 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12691 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12693 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12694 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12695 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12697 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12698 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12699 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12701 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12702 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12703 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12704 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12705 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12707 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12709 (defvar grep-history nil)
12711 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12713 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12714 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12715 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12719 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12724 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12725 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12729 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12730 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12731 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12732 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12733 where grep found matches.
12735 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12736 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12738 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12739 easily repeat a grep command.
12741 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12742 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12743 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12744 if that history list is empty).
12746 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12748 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12749 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12750 Collect output in a buffer.
12751 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12752 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12754 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12755 easily repeat a find command.
12757 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12759 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12761 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12762 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12763 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12764 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12765 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12767 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12768 before it is executed.
12769 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12771 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12772 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12773 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12775 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12777 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12779 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12780 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12781 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12782 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12783 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12785 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12786 before it is executed.
12787 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12789 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12790 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12791 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12793 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12795 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17843 45610))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12802 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12803 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12804 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12805 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12806 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12808 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12812 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12813 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17988 52353))
12814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12816 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12817 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12818 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12819 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12820 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12821 `gdba' for more information.
12823 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12824 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12825 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12826 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12827 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12830 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12832 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12833 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12834 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12835 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12837 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12839 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12840 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12841 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12842 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12844 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12846 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12847 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12848 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12849 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12851 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12852 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12854 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12856 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12857 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12858 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12859 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12861 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12863 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12864 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12865 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12866 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12868 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12870 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12871 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12872 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12873 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12874 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12876 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12877 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12878 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12879 original source file access method.
12881 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12882 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12887 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12889 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12890 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12896 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17843
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12900 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12901 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12902 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12903 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12905 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12906 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12907 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12908 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12914 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12915 ;;;;;; (17743 18144))
12916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12918 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12919 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12921 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12923 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12924 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12925 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12926 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12928 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12932 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12933 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12934 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12935 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12942 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12943 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12944 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12945 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17843 45610))
12946 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12948 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12949 Return the help-echo string at point.
12950 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12951 property, or nil, is returned.
12952 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12953 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12954 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12956 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12958 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12959 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12960 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12961 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12962 this produces no string either, return nil.
12966 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12967 Display local help in the echo area.
12968 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12969 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12970 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12973 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12974 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12975 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12979 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12980 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12981 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12985 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12986 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12987 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12991 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12992 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12993 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12994 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12995 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12996 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12997 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12998 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12999 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13000 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13001 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13003 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13004 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13005 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13006 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13007 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13009 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13010 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13011 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13012 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13013 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13014 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13015 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13016 The default is `never'.")
13018 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13020 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13022 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13023 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13024 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13025 considered different regions.
13027 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13028 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13029 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13030 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13031 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13032 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13033 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13034 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13035 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13037 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13039 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13041 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13042 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13045 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13046 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13047 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13048 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13049 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13050 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13051 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13052 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13054 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13055 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13056 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13057 rarely happens in practice.
13059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13061 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13062 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13063 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13064 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13065 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13066 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13072 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13073 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13074 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13075 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13078 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13079 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13081 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13083 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13084 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13085 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13087 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13089 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13090 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13092 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13094 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13097 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13099 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13100 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13101 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13102 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13104 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13106 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13107 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13108 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13109 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13110 it is displayed along with the global value.
13112 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13114 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13115 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13116 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13117 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13119 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13121 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13122 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13123 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13124 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13125 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13127 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13131 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13132 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13133 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13135 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13136 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13137 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13138 and window listing and describing the options.
13139 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13140 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13142 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13146 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13147 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13148 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17843 45610))
13149 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13151 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13152 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13153 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13159 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13164 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13169 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13170 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13172 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13173 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13174 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13175 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13177 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13178 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13179 restore it properly when going back.
13181 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13183 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13184 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13186 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13187 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13188 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13189 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13190 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13191 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13192 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13193 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13195 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13196 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13197 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13198 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13200 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13201 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13204 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13206 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13207 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13208 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13209 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13210 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13211 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13213 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13215 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13216 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13217 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13218 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13219 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13221 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13223 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13224 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13226 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13230 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13231 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17843 45615))
13232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13234 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13235 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13239 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13240 Provide help for current mode.
13246 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13247 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 62922))
13248 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13250 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13251 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13252 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13253 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13254 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13256 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13257 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13259 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13260 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13261 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13262 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13264 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13265 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13268 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13273 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13274 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13275 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13276 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13277 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13278 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13279 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13280 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13281 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13282 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13283 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13284 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13285 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13286 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13287 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13289 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13290 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13291 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13293 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13296 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13298 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13299 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13300 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13302 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13303 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13304 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13306 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13307 into the buffer at the current point.
13309 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13310 into the buffer at the current point.
13312 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13313 into the buffer at the current point.
13315 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13317 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13318 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13320 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13322 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13326 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13327 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13328 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13329 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13331 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13333 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13334 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13335 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13341 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13342 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13343 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13344 ;;;;;; (17970 17147))
13345 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13347 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13348 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13350 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13351 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13352 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13353 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13354 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13355 called interactively, are:
13357 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13358 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13360 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13361 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13362 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13363 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13365 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13366 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13368 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13369 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13371 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13372 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13373 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13374 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13375 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13376 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13377 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13378 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13379 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13380 function returns t.
13382 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13383 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13385 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13386 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13389 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13390 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13391 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13392 Patterns will be read until
13394 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13398 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13399 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13400 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13403 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13405 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13407 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13408 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13409 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13410 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13411 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13415 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13417 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13418 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13420 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13421 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13422 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13423 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13425 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13427 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13429 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13430 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13432 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13433 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13434 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13435 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13437 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13439 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13441 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13442 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13444 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13445 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13447 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13449 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13451 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13452 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13454 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13455 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13456 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13457 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13458 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13460 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13462 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13463 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13465 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13466 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13467 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13473 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13474 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17843 45628))
13475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13477 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13478 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13479 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13480 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13481 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13482 how the hiding is done:
13485 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13486 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13489 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13490 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13491 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13492 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13493 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13496 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13497 #endif lines when hiding.
13499 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13500 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13503 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13504 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13505 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13507 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13511 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13512 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13514 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13516 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13517 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13519 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13521 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13522 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13524 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13528 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13529 ;;;;;; (17939 56022))
13530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13532 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13533 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13534 Each element has the form
13535 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13537 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13538 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13540 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13541 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13543 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13544 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13545 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13546 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13547 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13548 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13550 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13551 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13553 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13554 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13556 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13557 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13558 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13560 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13561 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13562 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13563 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13564 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13565 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13567 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13568 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13569 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13571 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13572 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13574 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13577 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13581 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13582 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13588 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13589 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13590 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13591 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13592 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17843 45610))
13593 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13595 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13596 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13597 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13599 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13601 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13602 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13604 Without an argument:
13605 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13606 or passive state as determined by the variable
13607 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13610 With an argument ARG:
13611 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13612 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13613 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13615 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13616 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13617 not displayed in a different face.
13620 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13621 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13622 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13623 buffer with the contents of a file
13624 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13625 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13629 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13630 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13631 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13635 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13636 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13640 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13641 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13645 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13646 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13648 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13649 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13650 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13651 shown in the last face in the list.
13653 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13654 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13655 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13657 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13661 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13662 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13664 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13666 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13669 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13670 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13672 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13673 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13674 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13676 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13678 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13679 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13681 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13682 this function is called interactively.
13684 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13685 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13686 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13688 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13689 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13690 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13692 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13694 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13695 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13697 When called interactively:
13698 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13699 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13700 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13701 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13703 When called from a program:
13704 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13705 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13706 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13707 - otherwise just turn it on
13709 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13710 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13711 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13712 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13718 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13719 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13720 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13721 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13722 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17843 45610))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13725 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13726 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13727 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13728 or insert functions in this list.")
13730 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13732 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13733 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13735 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13737 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13738 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13740 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13742 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13743 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13745 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13747 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13748 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13750 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13752 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13753 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13754 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13756 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13758 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13759 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13760 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13763 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13765 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13766 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13767 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13768 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13769 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13771 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13773 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13774 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13775 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13776 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13777 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13779 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13780 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13781 undoes the expansion.
13785 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13786 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13787 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13788 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13790 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13794 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13795 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13796 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13798 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13799 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13800 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13802 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13803 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13804 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13805 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13806 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13808 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13809 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13810 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13811 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13815 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13816 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13817 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13820 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13822 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13824 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13825 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13826 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13828 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13829 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13835 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13836 ;;;;;; (17956 60684))
13837 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13839 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13840 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13841 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13843 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13847 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13848 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13850 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13851 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13852 different list. For example,
13854 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13855 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13857 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13858 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13860 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13861 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13862 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13863 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13866 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13868 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13872 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17843
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13876 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13877 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13883 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13885 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13886 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13887 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13888 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13889 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13890 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13891 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13892 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13893 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13894 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13895 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13896 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13897 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13898 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13899 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13900 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13901 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13902 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13903 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13904 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13905 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17843 45610))
13906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13910 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13917 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13920 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13922 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13927 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13934 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13937 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13942 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13945 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13950 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13958 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Remove the first filter group.
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13978 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Remove all filter groups.
13985 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13990 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13991 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13992 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Kill the filter group at point.
13998 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14000 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14002 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14007 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14008 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14012 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14013 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14014 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14015 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14017 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14019 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14021 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14027 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14028 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14029 of replacing the current filters.
14033 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14038 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14046 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14047 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14048 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14057 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14062 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14064 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14067 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14069 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14070 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14071 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14073 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14075 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14085 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14087 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14088 of replacing the current filters.
14091 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14094 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14096 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14100 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14102 Default sorting modes are:
14103 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14104 Name - the name of the buffer
14105 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14106 Size - the size of the buffer
14110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14117 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14124 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14126 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14127 for this Ibuffer session.
14129 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14131 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14132 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14133 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14134 for this Ibuffer session.
14136 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14138 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14139 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14141 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14142 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14144 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14145 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14147 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14149 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14150 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14152 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14153 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14155 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14157 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14158 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14162 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14163 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14165 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14166 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14167 hidden group filter, open it.
14169 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14170 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14171 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14175 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14177 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14181 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14184 The names are separated by a space.
14185 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14187 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14188 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14189 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14190 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14192 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14196 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14197 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14199 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14201 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14202 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14204 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14209 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14211 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14212 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14216 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14217 Mark all modified buffers.
14221 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14222 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14232 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14237 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14241 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14242 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14246 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14247 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 Mark all read-only buffers.
14256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14262 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14263 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14266 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14270 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14271 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17843
14273 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14275 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14276 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14278 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14279 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14280 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14282 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14283 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14284 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14285 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14286 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14287 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14289 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14290 title of the column.
14292 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14293 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14294 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14295 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14296 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14298 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14300 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14301 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14302 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14303 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14304 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14306 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14307 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14308 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14310 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14312 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14313 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14314 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14315 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14316 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14317 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14319 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14320 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14321 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14322 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14323 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14324 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14325 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14326 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14328 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14329 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14330 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14331 buffer's modification flag.
14332 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14333 prompted before performing this operation.
14334 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14335 operation is complete, in the form:
14336 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14337 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14338 confirmation message, in the form:
14339 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14340 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14341 macro for exactly what it does.
14343 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14345 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14346 Define a filter named NAME.
14347 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14348 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14349 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14351 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14352 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14353 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14354 bound to the current value of the filter.
14356 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14360 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14361 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17843 45610))
14362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14364 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14365 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14366 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14367 buffers which are visiting a file.
14369 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14371 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14372 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14373 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14374 buffers which are visiting a file.
14376 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14378 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14379 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14380 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14382 All arguments are optional.
14383 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14384 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14385 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14386 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14387 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14388 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14389 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14390 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14391 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14392 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14393 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14394 that value locally in this buffer.
14396 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14401 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14402 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17939 56021))
14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14405 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14406 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14407 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14408 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14410 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14412 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14413 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14414 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14415 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14417 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14418 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14419 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14421 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14423 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14424 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14425 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14426 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14427 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14428 non-marking or not.
14430 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14432 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14433 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14435 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14436 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14439 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14440 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14441 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14443 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14446 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14447 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14448 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14450 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14454 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17939
14456 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14458 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14459 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14460 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14463 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14465 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14467 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14468 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14469 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14475 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17843 45628))
14476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14478 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14479 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14480 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14481 Tab indents for Icon code.
14482 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14483 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14485 Variables controlling indentation style:
14486 icon-tab-always-indent
14487 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14488 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14490 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14491 inserted in Icon code.
14493 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14494 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14495 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14496 icon-continued-statement-offset
14497 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14498 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14499 icon-continued-brace-offset
14500 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14501 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14503 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14504 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14505 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14506 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14508 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14509 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14515 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14516 ;;;;;; (17966 9916))
14517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14519 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14520 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14521 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14522 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14524 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14525 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14528 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14529 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14531 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14532 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14533 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14535 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14537 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14541 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14542 ;;;;;; (17970 17147))
14543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14545 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14546 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14548 The main features of this mode are
14550 1. Indentation and Formatting
14551 --------------------------
14552 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14553 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14555 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14556 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14557 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14558 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14560 Comments are indented as follows:
14562 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14563 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14564 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14566 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14568 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14569 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14570 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14571 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14572 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14573 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14575 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14576 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14577 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14578 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14582 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14583 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14584 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14585 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14586 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14587 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14588 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14589 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14590 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14591 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14596 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14597 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14598 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14599 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14603 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14604 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14605 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14606 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14607 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14610 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14611 --------------------------------
14612 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14613 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14615 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14616 \\fu FUNCTION template
14617 \\c CASE statement template
14618 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14619 \\f FOR loop template
14620 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14621 \\w WHILE loop template
14622 \\i IF statement template
14623 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14626 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14627 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14629 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14630 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14631 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14632 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14634 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14635 -------------------------
14636 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14637 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14639 7. Automatic END completion
14640 ------------------------
14641 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14642 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14646 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14647 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14649 9. Documentation and Customization
14650 -------------------------------
14651 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14652 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14653 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14654 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14655 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14659 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14660 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14661 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14663 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14666 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14670 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14671 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14672 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14673 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14674 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14675 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14676 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14677 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17966
14679 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14681 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14682 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14683 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14684 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14686 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14687 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14688 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14691 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14693 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14695 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14696 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14697 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14698 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14699 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14700 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14701 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14702 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14703 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14707 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14708 Switch to another buffer.
14709 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14710 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14713 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14714 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14715 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14716 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14717 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14719 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14720 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14722 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14723 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14725 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14726 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14727 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14728 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14729 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14730 in a separate window.
14731 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14732 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14733 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14734 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14735 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14736 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14737 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14738 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14739 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14743 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14744 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14745 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14750 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14751 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14752 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14757 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14759 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14764 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14765 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14766 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14771 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14772 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14773 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14778 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14779 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14783 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14784 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14785 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14786 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14787 visible in another frame.
14789 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14790 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14791 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14792 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14793 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14794 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14796 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14797 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14799 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14800 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14802 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14803 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14804 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14805 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14806 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14807 in a separate window.
14808 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14809 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14810 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14811 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14812 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14813 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14814 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14815 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14816 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14817 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14818 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14819 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14820 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14821 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14822 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14826 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14827 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14828 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14833 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14834 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14835 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14836 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14840 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14841 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14847 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14848 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14854 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14855 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14857 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14861 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14862 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14863 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14864 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14868 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14869 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14870 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14871 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14875 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14876 Write current buffer to a file.
14877 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14878 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14882 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14883 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14884 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14885 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14889 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14890 Call `dired' the ido way.
14891 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14896 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14897 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14898 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14899 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14900 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14901 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14903 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14905 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14906 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14907 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14908 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14910 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14912 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14913 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14914 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14915 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14917 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14919 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14920 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14921 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14922 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14923 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14924 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14925 with `completing-read'.
14926 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14927 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14928 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14929 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14930 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14931 with point positioned at the end.
14932 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14933 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14935 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14939 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17843 45610))
14940 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14941 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14943 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14944 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14945 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14951 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14952 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
14953 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14955 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14956 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14960 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14961 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14967 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14968 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14969 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14970 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14971 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17939 56017))
14972 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14974 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14975 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14976 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14979 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14981 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14982 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14983 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14988 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14989 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14990 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14993 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14995 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14996 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14997 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15000 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15002 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15003 Determine and return image type.
15004 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15005 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15006 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15007 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15008 use its file extension as image type.
15009 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15011 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15013 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15014 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15015 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15017 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15019 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15020 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15021 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15023 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15024 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15025 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15026 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15027 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15028 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15033 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15035 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15036 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15037 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15038 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15039 use its file extension as image type.
15040 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15041 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15042 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15043 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15045 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15047 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15049 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15050 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15051 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15052 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15053 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15054 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15055 POS may be an integer or marker.
15056 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15057 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15058 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15059 means display it in the right marginal area.
15061 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15063 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15064 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15065 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15066 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15067 defaulted if you omit it.
15068 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15069 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15070 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15071 means display it in the right marginal area.
15072 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15073 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15074 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15075 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15076 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15078 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15080 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15081 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15082 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15083 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15084 defaulted if you omit it.
15085 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15086 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15087 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15088 means display it in the right marginal area.
15089 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15091 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15093 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15094 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15095 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15096 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15098 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15100 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15101 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15103 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15105 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15106 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15107 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15108 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15109 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15110 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15111 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15112 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15115 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15117 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15119 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15121 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15122 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15124 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15125 documentation string.
15127 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15128 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15129 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15130 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15131 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15132 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15133 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15138 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15139 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15141 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15145 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15146 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15147 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15148 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15149 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15150 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15151 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15152 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (17988 52353))
15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15155 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15156 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15160 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15161 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15163 Convenience command that:
15165 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15166 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15167 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15169 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15170 image files in dired and type
15171 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15173 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15175 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15176 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15178 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15180 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15181 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15182 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15183 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15184 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15187 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15188 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15189 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15191 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15192 instead of erasing it first.
15194 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15195 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15196 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15197 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15198 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15199 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15201 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15203 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15204 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15205 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15206 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15211 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15213 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15215 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15216 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15220 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15221 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15222 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15226 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15227 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15231 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15232 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15233 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15234 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15238 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15239 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15243 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15244 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15248 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15249 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15253 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15254 Display current image file.
15255 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15256 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15260 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15261 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15265 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15266 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15267 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15268 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15269 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15270 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15271 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15275 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15276 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15277 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15284 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15285 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15286 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17843 45610))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15289 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15290 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15291 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15292 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15294 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15295 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15296 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15297 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15299 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15301 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15302 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15303 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15304 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15306 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15307 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15308 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15309 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15311 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15313 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15314 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15318 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15319 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15320 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15321 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15323 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15325 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15326 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15327 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15330 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15332 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15334 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15335 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15336 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15337 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15339 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15340 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15341 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15347 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15348 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17943 53704))
15349 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15350 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15351 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15352 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15353 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15354 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15355 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15357 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15358 Major mode for image files.
15359 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15360 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15364 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15365 Toggle Image minor mode.
15366 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15367 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15371 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15372 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15373 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15374 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15375 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15376 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15378 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15379 information on these modes.
15385 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15386 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17843 45610))
15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15389 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15390 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15392 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15394 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15395 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15398 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15400 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15401 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15402 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15404 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15406 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15407 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15409 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15410 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15411 pattern's structure.
15413 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15414 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15415 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15420 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15421 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15423 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15424 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15425 called within a `save-excursion'.
15427 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15429 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15431 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15432 Function for finding the next index position.
15434 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15435 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15436 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15439 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15440 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15444 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15445 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15447 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15448 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15449 It should return the name for that index item.")
15451 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15453 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15454 Function to compare string with index item.
15456 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15457 non-nil if they match.
15459 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15460 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15461 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15462 arguments match\".")
15464 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15466 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15467 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15468 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15470 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15472 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15474 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15476 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15477 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15478 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15479 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15483 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15484 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15486 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15490 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15491 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15492 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15493 for more information.
15495 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15499 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15500 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15501 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17843 45620))
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15504 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15505 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15507 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15509 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15512 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15514 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15517 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15519 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15522 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15524 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15525 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15526 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15527 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15528 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15530 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15532 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15533 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15534 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15535 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15536 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15538 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15542 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15543 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15544 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17843 45628))
15545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15547 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15548 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15549 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15550 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15551 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15553 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15555 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15556 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15558 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15560 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15561 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15562 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15563 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15564 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15565 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15566 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15567 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15569 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15571 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15572 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15573 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15574 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15575 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15577 This variable is only used if the variable
15578 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15580 More precise choices:
15581 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15582 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15585 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15587 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15589 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15590 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15592 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15593 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15594 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15596 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15597 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15598 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15599 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15602 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15604 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15608 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15609 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15610 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15611 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17995 6542))
15612 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15614 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15615 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15617 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15618 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15619 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15621 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15622 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15623 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15624 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15625 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15626 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15627 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15628 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15629 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15630 with the top-level Info directory.
15632 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15633 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15634 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15635 appended to the Info buffer name.
15637 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15638 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15639 in all the directories in that path.
15641 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15643 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15644 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15648 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15649 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15650 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15651 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15655 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15656 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15657 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15658 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15660 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15662 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15663 Go to the Info directory node.
15667 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15668 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15669 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15670 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15671 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15672 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15674 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15676 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15677 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15678 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15680 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15682 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15683 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15684 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15685 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15686 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15688 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15689 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15691 Selecting other nodes:
15692 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15693 Follow a node reference you click on.
15694 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15695 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15696 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15697 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15698 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15699 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15700 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15701 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15702 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15703 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15704 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15705 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15706 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15707 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15708 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15709 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15710 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15711 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15712 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15713 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15715 Moving within a node:
15716 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15717 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15718 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15719 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15720 move up to the parent node.
15721 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15722 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15724 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15727 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15728 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15729 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15730 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15731 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15732 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15733 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15734 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15735 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15736 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15737 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15738 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15739 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15740 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15741 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15742 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15745 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15747 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15748 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15749 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15750 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15751 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15752 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15754 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15755 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15757 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15758 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15760 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15761 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15762 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15763 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15767 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15768 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15769 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15775 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15776 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15777 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
15778 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15780 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15781 Throw away all cached data.
15782 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15783 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15787 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15789 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15790 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15791 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15792 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15793 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15794 one found at point.
15796 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15798 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15799 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15801 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15802 Display the documentation of a file.
15803 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15804 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15805 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15806 The default file name is the one found at point.
15808 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15810 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15812 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15813 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15815 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15817 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15818 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15820 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15824 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15825 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17843 45610))
15826 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15828 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15829 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15831 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15833 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15834 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15835 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15839 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15840 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15841 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15843 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15844 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15852 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17843 45610))
15853 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15855 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15856 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15858 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15860 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15861 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15862 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15864 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15865 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15866 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15868 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15869 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15870 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15871 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15875 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15876 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15877 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15881 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15882 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15883 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15884 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15885 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15891 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15892 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15893 ;;;;;; (17939 56022))
15894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15896 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15897 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15901 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15902 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15906 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15909 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15913 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17939
15915 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15917 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15918 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15919 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15920 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15921 accessed via isearchb.
15927 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15928 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15929 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15930 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17988 52353))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15933 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15934 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15935 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15938 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15940 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15941 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15942 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15943 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15945 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15947 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15948 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15949 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15954 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15956 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15957 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15959 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15961 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15962 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15963 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15964 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15966 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15968 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15969 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15970 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15977 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15978 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15980 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15982 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15983 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15984 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15989 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15991 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15992 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15994 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15996 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15997 Warn that format is read-only.
15999 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16001 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16002 Warn that format is write-only.
16004 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16006 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16014 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
16015 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16016 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16017 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16018 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16022 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16023 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16024 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16025 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16026 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16027 ;;;;;; (17996 37926))
16028 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16029 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16031 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16032 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16033 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16034 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16036 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16037 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16039 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16040 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16041 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16043 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16044 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16047 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16049 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16051 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16053 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16055 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16057 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16059 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16061 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16062 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16064 Each element of this list is also a list:
16066 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16067 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16069 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16070 nil means the default dictionary.
16072 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16074 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16076 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16077 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16078 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16079 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16080 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16081 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16082 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16083 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16084 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16086 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16087 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16088 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16089 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16090 for non-ASCII bytes.
16092 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16093 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16096 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16099 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16100 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16101 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16102 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16103 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16104 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16105 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16106 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16108 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16110 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16111 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16112 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16114 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16115 Key map for ispell menu.")
16117 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16118 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16119 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16120 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16122 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16124 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16126 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16128 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16130 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16131 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16132 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16133 Valid forms include:
16134 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16135 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16136 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16137 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16139 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16140 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16141 First list is used raw.
16142 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16144 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16145 for skipping in latex mode.")
16147 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16148 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16149 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16150 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16151 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16152 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16154 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16155 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16156 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16157 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16159 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16160 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16161 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16162 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16163 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16165 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16166 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16168 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16169 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16171 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16172 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16175 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16176 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16177 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16178 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16179 quit spell session exited.
16181 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16183 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16184 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16185 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16187 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16189 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16190 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16194 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16195 SPC: Accept word this time.
16196 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16197 `a': Accept word for this session.
16198 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16199 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16200 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16201 `?': Show these commands.
16202 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16203 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16204 the aborted check to be completed later.
16205 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16206 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16207 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16208 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16209 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16210 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16211 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16215 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16216 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16217 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16219 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16221 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16222 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16223 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16224 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16226 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16228 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16230 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16231 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16232 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16233 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16235 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16237 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16238 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16242 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16243 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16247 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16248 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16252 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16253 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16254 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16255 sequence inside of a word.
16257 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16259 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16261 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16262 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16266 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16267 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16268 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16269 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16271 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16272 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16273 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16274 available on the net.
16278 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16279 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16280 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16282 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16283 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16285 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16286 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16290 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16291 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16292 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16293 Don't check included messages.
16295 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16296 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16297 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16299 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16300 in your .emacs file:
16301 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16302 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16303 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16304 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16306 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16307 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16308 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16314 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17827
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16318 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16319 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16320 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16323 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16325 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16327 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16328 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16329 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16330 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16331 `iswitchb' for details.
16333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16337 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16338 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16339 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16340 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17843 45620))
16341 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16343 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16348 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16349 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16350 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16351 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16352 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16353 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16354 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16355 necessary to represent OBJ.
16357 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16359 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16360 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16361 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16362 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16364 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16366 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16367 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16368 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16369 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16370 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16372 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16374 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16375 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16376 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16377 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16379 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16381 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16382 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16383 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16384 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16386 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16388 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16389 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16391 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16393 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16394 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16395 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16396 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16397 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16399 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16401 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16402 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16403 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16404 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16405 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16407 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16409 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16410 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16411 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16413 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16418 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17939 56017))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16421 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16422 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16423 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16424 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16426 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16429 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16431 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16432 Uninstall jka-compr.
16433 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16434 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16435 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16441 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16442 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16443 ;;;;;; (17838 18033))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16446 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16447 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16448 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16449 decimal key must be specified.")
16451 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16453 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16454 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16455 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16456 decimal key must be specified.")
16458 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16460 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16461 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16462 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16463 decimal key must be specified.")
16465 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16467 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16468 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16469 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16470 decimal key must be specified.")
16472 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16474 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16475 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16476 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16477 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16478 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16482 -------------------------------------------------------------
16483 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16484 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16485 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16486 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16487 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16488 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16489 in the global and local keymaps.
16491 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16492 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16494 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16498 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16499 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16502 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16503 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16504 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16506 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16507 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16508 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16509 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16512 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16513 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16514 the context of text formatting.
16516 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17843
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16524 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16525 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16526 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16527 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16528 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16529 positions that contains the current selection.")
16531 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16532 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16533 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16534 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16535 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16536 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16537 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16539 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16544 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16545 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16546 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17838 18033))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16548 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16549 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16550 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16551 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16552 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16553 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16554 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16556 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16557 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16558 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16559 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16560 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16562 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16564 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16565 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16566 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16568 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16569 defining the macro.
16571 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16572 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16573 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16575 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16576 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16580 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16581 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16582 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16583 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16584 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16587 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16588 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16589 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16593 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16594 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16595 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16597 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16598 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16599 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16600 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16602 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16603 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16605 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16607 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16608 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16609 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16611 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16614 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16615 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16617 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16618 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16619 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16621 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16622 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16626 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16627 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16628 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16629 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16631 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16633 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16634 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16635 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16636 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16638 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16639 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16641 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16643 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16644 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16645 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16647 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16652 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16653 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16656 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16658 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16661 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16663 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16666 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16668 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16671 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16675 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16676 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17843 45620))
16677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16679 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16680 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16681 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16683 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16690 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16691 ;;;;;; (17941 5494))
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16694 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16696 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16697 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16701 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16703 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16704 Start or resume an Lm game.
16705 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16706 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16708 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16709 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16710 none / 1 | yes | no
16715 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16716 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16717 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16723 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16724 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16725 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17843
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16729 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16732 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16734 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16735 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16736 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16737 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16738 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16739 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16741 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16742 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16744 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16746 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16747 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16749 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16751 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16754 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16756 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16757 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16758 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16759 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16762 The return value is number of composed characters.
16764 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16766 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16769 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16773 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16774 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16775 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17843 45618))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16778 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16779 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16780 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16781 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16783 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16785 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16786 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16787 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16789 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16791 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16792 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16793 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16797 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16798 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16799 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16800 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16802 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16807 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17939 56022))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16810 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16811 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16812 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16813 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16814 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16815 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16816 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16817 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16819 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16820 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16823 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16825 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16827 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16828 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16829 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16830 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16831 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16832 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16833 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16834 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16836 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16838 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16839 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16840 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16841 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16844 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16846 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16851 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16854 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16856 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16858 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16859 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16865 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16866 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16869 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16870 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16872 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16873 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16875 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16876 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16878 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16879 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16880 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16881 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16882 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16883 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16884 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16885 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16886 and transmit saved text.
16889 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16890 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16894 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16901 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17843 45626))
16902 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16904 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16905 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16906 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16907 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16908 generations (this defaults to 1).
16910 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16914 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17942
16916 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16918 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16919 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16920 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16921 is nil, raise an error.
16923 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16924 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16925 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16926 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16927 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16928 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16929 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16930 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16931 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16933 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16937 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16938 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17988 52353))
16939 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16941 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16942 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16943 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16945 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16947 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16948 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16949 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16950 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16952 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16953 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16954 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16955 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16956 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16957 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16960 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16961 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16963 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16964 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16966 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16968 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16970 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16971 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16972 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16973 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16974 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16975 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16976 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16977 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16978 to constrain a big search.
16980 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16982 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16983 except that FILTER is not optional.
16985 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16989 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17843 45610))
16990 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16992 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16993 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16994 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16995 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16996 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16997 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16998 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16999 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17000 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17001 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17002 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17003 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17004 uses the current buffer.
17006 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17843
17012 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17014 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17015 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17021 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17843
17023 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17025 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17026 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17027 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17028 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17029 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17031 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17032 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17033 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17035 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17036 are indicated with a symbol.
17038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17042 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17043 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17843
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17047 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17049 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17051 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17052 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17053 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17055 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17056 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17058 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17059 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17060 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17061 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17062 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17063 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17064 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17066 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17068 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17069 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17070 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17071 switch on this list.
17072 See `lpr-command'.")
17074 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17076 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17077 *Name of program for printing a file.
17079 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17080 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17081 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17082 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17083 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17084 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17087 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17089 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17090 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17091 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17092 for customization of the printer command.
17096 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17097 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17099 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17100 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17101 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17102 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17104 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17105 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17107 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17108 for further customization of the printer command.
17112 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17113 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17114 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17115 for customization of the printer command.
17117 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17119 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17120 Paginate and print the region contents.
17122 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17123 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17124 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17125 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17127 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17128 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17130 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17131 for further customization of the printer command.
17133 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17137 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17138 ;;;;;; (17995 6542))
17139 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17141 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17142 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17143 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17145 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17956
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17153 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17154 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17155 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17157 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17163 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17939
17165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17167 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17168 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17175 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17176 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
17177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17179 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17180 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17181 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17182 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17183 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17185 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17189 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17190 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17843 45611))
17191 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17193 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17194 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17195 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17196 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17197 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17199 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17201 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17202 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17203 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17204 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17206 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17207 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17208 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17209 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17212 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17213 use this command, and then save the file.
17215 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17217 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17218 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17219 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17220 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17221 each time the macro executes.
17222 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17223 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17224 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17225 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17226 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17227 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17228 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17232 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17233 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17234 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17235 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17237 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17238 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17239 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17242 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17243 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17245 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17246 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17247 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17248 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17249 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17251 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17254 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17255 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17256 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17258 You could enter the names in this format:
17264 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17267 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17270 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17271 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17273 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17274 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17278 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17279 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17843 45621))
17280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17282 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17283 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17284 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17285 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17286 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17287 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17289 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17290 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17291 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17292 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17293 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17295 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17296 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17297 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17300 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17302 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17303 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17305 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17309 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17310 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17311 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17312 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17314 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17315 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17319 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17324 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17325 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17327 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17329 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17330 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17331 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17334 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17341 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17342 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17843
17344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17346 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17347 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17348 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17349 often correct parser.")
17351 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17353 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17356 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17358 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17359 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17360 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17361 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17363 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17365 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17366 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17367 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17368 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17370 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17372 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17373 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17374 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17375 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17376 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17377 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17378 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17381 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17383 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17384 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17385 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17386 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17387 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17388 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17390 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17394 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17395 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17988 52353))
17396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17398 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17399 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17403 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17404 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17405 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17407 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17409 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17410 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17411 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17413 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17417 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17418 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17843
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17422 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17423 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17424 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17426 If `parens', they look like:
17427 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17428 If `angles', they look like:
17429 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17431 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17433 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17434 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17435 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17436 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17437 their `Resent-' variants.
17439 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17440 removed from alias expansions.
17442 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17444 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17445 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17446 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17448 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17449 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17450 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17451 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17453 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17455 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17456 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17457 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17458 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17464 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17465 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17468 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17469 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17470 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17471 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17477 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17478 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17479 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17843 45628))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17482 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17483 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17485 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17486 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17487 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17488 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17489 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17490 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17492 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17493 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17494 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17495 dependency, despite the colon.
17497 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17499 In the browser, use the following keys:
17501 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17503 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17505 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17506 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17508 `makefile-target-colon':
17509 The string that gets appended to all target names
17510 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17511 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17513 `makefile-macro-assign':
17514 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17515 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17516 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17517 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17518 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17519 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17521 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17522 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17523 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17525 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17526 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17528 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17529 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17530 up or down in the browser.
17532 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17533 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17535 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17536 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17538 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17539 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17540 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17541 has been selected in the browser.
17543 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17544 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17545 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17546 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17547 filenames are omitted.
17549 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17550 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17551 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17552 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17553 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17554 the backslash itself intact.
17555 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17556 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17558 `makefile-browser-hook':
17559 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17560 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17562 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17563 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17564 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17565 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17569 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17570 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17574 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17575 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17579 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17580 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17584 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17585 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17589 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17590 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17596 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17843
17598 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17600 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17601 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17602 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17608 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17939 56017))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17611 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17613 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17614 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17615 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17616 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17617 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17618 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17619 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17621 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17622 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17623 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17624 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17626 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17628 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17629 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17631 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17635 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17843 45611))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17638 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17639 Toggle Master mode.
17640 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17641 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17642 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17644 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17645 following commands:
17647 \\{master-mode-map}
17649 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17650 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17651 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17657 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17942
17659 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17661 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17663 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17664 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17665 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17667 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17668 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17670 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17672 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17673 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17674 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17675 created in the future.
17676 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17677 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17683 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17684 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17685 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17686 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17687 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17688 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17689 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17690 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17691 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17692 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17693 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17949 5807))
17694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17696 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17697 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17699 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17701 If `parens', they look like:
17702 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17703 If `angles', they look like:
17704 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17706 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17707 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17709 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17711 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17712 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17714 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17716 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17717 *Local news organization file.")
17719 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17721 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17722 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17723 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17724 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17726 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17727 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17728 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17730 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17732 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17734 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17735 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17737 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17738 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17739 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17740 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17742 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17744 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17745 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17746 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17747 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17749 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17751 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17752 *Function for citing an original message.
17753 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17754 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17755 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17757 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17759 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17760 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17761 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17762 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17763 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17765 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17767 (defvar message-signature t "\
17768 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17769 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17770 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17771 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17773 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17775 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17776 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17777 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17778 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17780 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17782 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17783 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17785 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17787 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17789 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17790 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17791 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17792 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17793 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17794 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17795 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17796 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17797 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17798 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17799 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17800 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17801 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17802 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17803 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17804 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17805 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17806 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17807 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17808 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17809 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17810 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17811 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17812 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17813 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17814 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17815 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17816 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17817 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17818 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17819 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17820 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17821 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17822 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17823 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17824 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17825 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17829 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17830 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17831 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17832 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17833 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17835 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17837 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17838 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17840 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17842 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17843 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17845 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17847 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17848 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17850 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17852 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17853 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17854 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17856 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17858 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17859 Cancel an article you posted.
17860 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17864 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17865 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17866 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17867 header line with the old Message-ID.
17871 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17872 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17876 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17877 Forward the current message via mail.
17878 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17879 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17881 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17883 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17886 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17888 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17891 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17893 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17894 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17898 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17899 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17901 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17903 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17904 Re-mail the current message.
17905 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17906 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17911 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17912 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17914 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17916 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17917 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17919 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17921 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17922 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17924 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17926 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17927 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17929 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17931 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17932 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17933 Works by overstriking characters.
17934 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17935 which specify the range to operate on.
17937 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17939 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17940 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17941 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17942 which specify the range to operate on.
17944 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17948 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17949 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
17950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17952 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17953 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17957 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17958 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17962 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17963 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17967 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17968 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17974 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17975 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17976 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17979 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17980 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17981 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17985 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17986 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17987 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17988 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17989 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17990 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17991 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17993 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17995 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17996 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17997 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17998 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17999 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18001 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18002 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18004 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18006 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18007 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18008 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18009 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18010 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18012 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18013 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18015 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18019 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18020 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18021 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17843 45622))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18024 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18025 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18026 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18030 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18031 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18032 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18036 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18037 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18039 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18040 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18041 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18043 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18044 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18046 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18047 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18049 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18051 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18053 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18054 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18055 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18056 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18057 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18060 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18061 initial Subject field, respectively.
18063 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18064 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18067 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18070 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18072 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18073 Save draft and send message.
18075 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18076 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18077 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18080 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18081 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18082 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18084 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18085 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18086 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18087 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18088 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18089 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18091 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18092 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18096 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18097 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18099 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18100 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18101 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18102 delete the draft message.
18108 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17843 45622))
18109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18111 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18113 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18115 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18117 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18118 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18124 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18125 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17843 45622))
18126 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18128 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18129 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18130 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18132 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18133 the MH mail system.
18135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18137 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18138 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18139 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18141 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18142 the MH mail system.
18144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18146 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18147 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18149 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18150 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18151 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18154 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18155 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18156 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18159 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18163 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18164 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18165 can be used in several ways.
18167 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18168 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18169 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18170 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18174 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18175 The range must be nonempty.
18180 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18181 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18188 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18191 All of the messages.
18193 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18194 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18196 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18197 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18198 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18200 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18206 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18207 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17843 45611))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18210 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18211 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18212 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18213 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18214 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18215 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18216 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18217 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18218 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18219 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18220 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18224 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18225 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18226 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18227 to its second argument TM.
18229 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18234 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17843 45611))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18237 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18238 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18239 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18242 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18244 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18246 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18247 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18248 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18249 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18250 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18251 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18252 default indication.
18254 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18255 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18262 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18265 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18266 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18271 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18275 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18276 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18277 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
18278 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18280 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18283 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18285 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18288 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18290 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18291 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18292 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18295 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18299 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18300 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17843 45617))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18303 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18304 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18306 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18308 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18309 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18310 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18311 the entire message.
18312 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18314 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18318 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18319 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
18320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18322 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18323 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18324 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18325 the entire message.
18326 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18328 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18332 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18333 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17843 45617))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18336 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18337 Insert file contents of URL.
18338 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18340 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18342 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18343 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18345 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18349 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18350 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17843 45617))
18351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18353 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18354 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18355 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18356 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18357 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18359 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18361 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18362 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18363 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18365 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18369 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18370 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
18371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18373 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18376 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18378 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18381 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18385 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18386 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18387 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17843 45617))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18390 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18393 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18395 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18398 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18400 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18403 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18405 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18408 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18410 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18413 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18415 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18418 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18420 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18427 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18428 ;;;;;; (17276 54295))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18431 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18432 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18433 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18434 followed by the first character of the construct.
18436 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18437 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18438 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18439 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18440 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18441 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18442 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18443 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18444 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18445 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18446 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18447 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18448 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18451 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18452 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18453 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18459 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18460 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
18461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18463 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18464 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18466 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18468 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18469 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18471 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18475 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17843
18477 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18479 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18480 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18481 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18483 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18484 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18486 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18488 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18489 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18490 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18491 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18493 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18495 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18497 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18499 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18500 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18501 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18502 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18503 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18504 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18506 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18507 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18508 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18509 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18510 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18512 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18513 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18515 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18516 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18518 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18520 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18521 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18522 primary selection and region.
18524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18528 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17939 56022))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18531 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18532 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18538 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17995 6542))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18541 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18542 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18543 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18545 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18546 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18548 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18550 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18552 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18553 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18554 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18560 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18561 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18562 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18563 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18564 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18565 ;;;;;; (17843 45619))
18566 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18568 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18569 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18570 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18571 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18572 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18573 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18574 set of ISO charsets.
18576 Each element has the following format:
18577 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18579 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18581 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18582 CHARSET are mapped.
18584 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18585 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18586 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18587 character code in CHARSET.
18589 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18590 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18591 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18593 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18594 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18596 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18597 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18599 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18600 Display a list of all character sets.
18602 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18603 internal Emacs use.
18605 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18606 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18607 hexadecimal digits.
18608 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18609 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18611 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18612 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18613 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18614 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18616 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18617 but still shows the full information.
18621 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18622 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18623 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18624 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18625 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18627 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18628 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18629 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18630 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18631 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18633 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18635 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18636 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18637 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18638 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18639 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18641 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18643 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18646 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18648 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18651 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18653 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18656 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18657 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18659 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18660 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18661 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18662 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18663 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18664 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18665 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18666 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18667 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18668 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18669 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18670 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18671 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18672 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18673 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18674 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18678 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18683 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display a list of all coding systems.
18685 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18687 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18688 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18692 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display a list of all coding categories.
18697 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18699 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18701 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18703 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display information about FONTSET.
18705 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18707 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18709 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18710 Display a list of all fontsets.
18711 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18712 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18713 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18717 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display information about all input methods.
18722 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18725 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18726 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18727 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18728 system which uses fontsets).
18734 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18735 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18736 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18737 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18738 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18739 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17843 45619))
18740 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18742 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18743 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18744 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18746 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18748 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18750 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18751 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18753 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18754 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18756 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18757 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18759 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18761 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18762 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18763 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18764 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18765 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18766 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18767 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18769 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18770 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18771 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18772 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18773 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18774 middle of a character in STR.
18776 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18777 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18779 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18780 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18781 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18782 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18783 defaults to \"...\".
18785 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18787 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18788 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18790 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18791 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18792 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18794 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18795 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18796 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18798 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18799 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18800 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18802 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18803 longer than KEYSEQ.
18804 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18806 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18808 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18809 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18810 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18811 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18812 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18813 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18814 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18815 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18816 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18817 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18818 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18820 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18822 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18823 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18825 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18827 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18828 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18830 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18832 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18833 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18835 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18837 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18838 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18840 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18842 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18843 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18844 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18845 coding systems ordered by priority.
18847 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18849 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18850 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18851 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18852 language environment LANG-ENV.
18854 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18856 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18857 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18858 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18859 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18860 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18861 basis, this may not be accurate.
18863 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18867 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18868 ;;;;;; (17843 45611))
18869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18871 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18872 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18873 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18874 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18875 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18876 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18878 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18880 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18881 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18882 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18883 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18887 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18888 Enable mouse wheel support.
18890 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18894 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18895 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18896 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18897 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17939 56022))
18898 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18900 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18901 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18903 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18905 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18907 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18908 `ping-program-options'.
18912 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18913 Run ipconfig program.
18917 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18919 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18920 Run netstat program.
18924 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18925 Run the arp program.
18929 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18930 Run the route program.
18934 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18935 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18939 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18940 Run nslookup program.
18944 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18945 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18949 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18954 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18959 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18960 Finger USER on HOST.
18962 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18964 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18965 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18966 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18967 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18969 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18971 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18976 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18977 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18979 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18981 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18982 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18984 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18988 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18989 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18990 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18991 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18992 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18993 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17939 56017))
18994 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18996 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18998 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19000 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19002 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19004 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19005 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19006 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19007 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19008 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19009 Major modes should set this variable.")
19011 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19012 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19013 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
19014 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19015 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
19016 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
19018 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19019 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19021 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19022 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19023 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19025 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19026 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19027 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19028 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19029 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19031 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19032 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19033 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19035 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19036 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19037 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19038 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19040 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19041 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19042 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19043 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19044 column indentation or nil.
19045 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19047 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19048 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19049 The function has no args.
19051 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19052 comments always start in column zero.")
19054 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19055 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19056 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19058 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19060 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19061 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19062 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19063 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19065 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19066 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19068 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19070 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19071 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19072 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19073 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19074 customize this variable.
19076 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19077 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19079 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19081 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19082 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19083 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19084 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19085 the variables are properly set.
19087 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19089 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19090 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19094 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19095 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19096 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19098 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19100 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19101 Set the comment column based on point.
19102 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19103 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19104 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19105 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19109 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19110 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19111 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19115 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19116 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19117 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19120 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19122 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19123 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19124 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19125 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19126 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19127 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19128 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19129 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19131 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19132 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19134 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19136 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19137 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19138 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19139 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19141 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19143 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19144 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19145 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19146 is passed on to the respective function.
19148 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19150 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19151 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19152 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19153 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19154 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19155 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19156 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19157 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19158 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19162 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19163 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19164 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19166 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19168 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19169 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19170 This indents the body of the continued comment
19171 under the previous comment line.
19173 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19174 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19175 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19177 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19178 or comment indentation.
19180 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19181 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19183 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19187 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19188 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19189 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17939 56022))
19190 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19192 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19193 Check whether newsticker is running.
19194 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19195 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19199 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19200 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19201 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19202 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19207 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19208 Start the newsticker.
19209 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19210 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19211 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19212 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19214 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19216 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19217 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19218 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19223 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19224 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19230 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19231 ;;;;;; (17988 52353))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19234 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19235 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19237 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19241 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17843
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19245 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19246 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19247 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19248 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19249 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19250 symbol in the alist.
19252 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19257 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19260 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19261 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19262 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19268 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19269 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19272 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19273 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19274 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19280 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19281 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19284 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19285 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19287 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19291 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19292 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17843 45617))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19295 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19296 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19300 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19301 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19305 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19306 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19312 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19313 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17843 45611))
19314 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19316 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19317 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19318 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19320 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19322 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19325 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19327 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19328 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19329 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19330 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19331 to future sessions.
19333 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19335 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19336 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19337 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19338 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19339 to future sessions.
19341 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19345 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19346 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
19347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19349 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19350 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19352 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19353 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19354 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19360 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19361 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19364 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19365 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19366 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19367 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19368 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19374 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19375 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19378 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19379 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19380 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19382 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19384 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19385 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19387 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19388 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19389 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19393 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19397 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19398 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19401 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19402 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19404 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19405 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19406 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19407 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19409 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19410 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19411 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19412 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19413 is why you need this mode!).
19415 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19416 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19417 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19419 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19424 \\{octave-mode-map}
19426 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19427 ==============================================
19430 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19433 octave-auto-newline
19434 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19437 octave-blink-matching-block
19438 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19439 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19441 octave-block-offset
19442 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19445 octave-continuation-offset
19446 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19449 octave-continuation-string
19450 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19451 Default is a backslash.
19453 octave-mode-startup-message
19454 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19457 octave-send-echo-input
19458 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19459 command to the inferior Octave process.
19461 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19462 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19463 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19465 octave-send-echo-input
19466 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19468 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19470 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19471 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19473 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19474 (setq auto-mode-alist
19475 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19477 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19478 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19480 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19484 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19485 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19487 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19488 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19489 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19490 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19496 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19497 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19498 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19499 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19500 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19501 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19502 ;;;;;; (17939 56024))
19503 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19505 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19506 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19507 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19509 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19510 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19511 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19512 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19513 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19514 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19515 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19516 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19517 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19518 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19520 The following commands are available:
19526 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19527 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19529 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19530 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19531 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19532 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19533 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19535 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19536 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19537 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19538 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19539 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19540 and zoom in further.
19541 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19543 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19544 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19545 is negative, go up that many levels.
19547 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19548 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19549 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19551 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19552 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19556 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19557 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19561 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19562 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19566 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19567 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19571 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19572 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19573 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19574 \\[org-insert-link].
19575 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19576 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19577 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19581 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19582 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19583 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19584 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19585 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19589 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19590 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19591 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19592 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19594 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19596 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19597 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19598 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19599 of the remember buffer.
19603 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19604 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19605 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19606 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19607 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19608 file the text at a specific location.
19609 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19610 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19611 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19613 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19614 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19615 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19616 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19617 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19618 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19619 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19620 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19622 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19623 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19624 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19625 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19627 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19628 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19629 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19631 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19632 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19633 \(i.e. after the stars).
19635 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19639 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19640 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19641 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19642 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19644 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19645 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19646 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19647 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19648 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19649 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19650 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19651 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19653 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19654 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19655 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19657 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19658 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19659 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19663 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19664 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19665 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19666 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19667 before running the agenda command.
19669 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19671 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19672 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19673 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19674 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19678 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19679 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19680 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19681 will be able to go to other weeks.
19682 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19683 also be shown, under the current date.
19684 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19685 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19686 to turn on logging.
19687 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19688 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19689 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19691 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19693 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19694 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19695 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19696 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19697 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19698 `org-todo-keywords'.
19702 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19703 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19704 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19706 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19708 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19709 Return diary information from org-files.
19710 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19711 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19712 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19713 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19715 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19716 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19717 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19719 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19720 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19721 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19722 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19724 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19725 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19726 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19728 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19729 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19730 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19731 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19733 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19735 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19737 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19738 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19742 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19743 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19746 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19748 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19749 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19750 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19752 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19754 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19755 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19756 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19757 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19761 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19762 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19763 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19764 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19768 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19769 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19770 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19776 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19777 ;;;;;; (17950 55946))
19778 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19779 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19781 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19782 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19783 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19784 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19786 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19787 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19788 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19789 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19791 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19792 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19793 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19794 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19795 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19796 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19798 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19799 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19800 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19802 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19803 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19804 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19805 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19806 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19807 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19808 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19809 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19810 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19811 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19812 The subheadings remain visible.
19813 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19815 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19816 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19817 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19819 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19820 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19824 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19825 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19826 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19827 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17843
19835 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19836 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19837 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19838 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19839 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19840 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19841 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19842 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19843 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19844 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19848 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17960 56195))
19849 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19851 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19852 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19853 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19856 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19858 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19860 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19861 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19862 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19863 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19865 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19866 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19872 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19873 ;;;;;; (17958 15315))
19874 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19876 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19877 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19878 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19879 unknown are returned as nil.
19881 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19885 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17843
19887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19889 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19890 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19891 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19893 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19894 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19896 Other useful functions are:
19898 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19899 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19900 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19901 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19902 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19903 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19904 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19905 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19906 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19908 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19910 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19911 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19912 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19913 Indentation for case statements.
19914 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19915 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19917 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19918 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19919 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19920 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19921 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19922 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19923 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19924 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19925 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19926 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19928 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19929 pascal-separator-keywords.
19931 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19932 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19938 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19939 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
19940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19942 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19943 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19944 The keys affected are:
19945 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19946 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19947 M-Backspace does undo.
19948 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19949 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19950 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19956 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19957 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17843 45615))
19958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19960 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19961 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19962 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19963 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19964 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19965 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19967 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19969 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19970 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19972 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19974 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19975 which modify the status of the mark.
19977 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19978 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19980 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19981 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19983 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19984 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19985 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19986 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19987 turning PC Selection mode on.
19989 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19990 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19992 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19993 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19994 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19996 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19997 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19998 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20000 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20001 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20003 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20004 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20005 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20007 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20008 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20009 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20015 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20016 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20021 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20022 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20023 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20024 and cursor movement commands.
20025 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20027 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20029 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20033 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17843
20035 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20037 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20038 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20045 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17843 45611))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20048 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20049 Completion for `gzip'.
20053 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20054 Completion for `bzip2'.
20058 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20059 Completion for GNU `make'.
20063 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20064 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20068 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20072 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20073 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17843 45611))
20074 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20076 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20077 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20081 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20082 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20086 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20087 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20093 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17843
20095 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20097 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20098 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20099 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20100 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20101 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20102 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20108 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20109 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20110 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17843 45611))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20113 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20114 Completion for `cd'.
20118 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20120 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20121 Completion for `rmdir'.
20125 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20126 Completion for `rm'.
20130 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20131 Completion for `xargs'.
20135 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20137 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20138 Completion for `which'.
20142 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20143 Completion for the `chown' command.
20147 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20148 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20154 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20155 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20156 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17946
20158 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20160 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20161 Support extensible programmable completion.
20162 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20163 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20165 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20167 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20168 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20172 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20173 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20174 This will modify the current buffer.
20178 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20179 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20183 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20184 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20185 This will modify the current buffer.
20189 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20190 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20194 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20195 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20199 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20200 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20201 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20202 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20203 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20205 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20207 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20208 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20214 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20215 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20216 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17995 6542))
20217 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20219 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20220 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20221 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20222 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20224 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20226 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20228 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20229 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20230 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20231 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20232 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20233 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20236 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20238 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20239 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20240 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20241 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20242 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20243 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20244 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20245 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20247 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20249 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20250 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20251 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20252 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20253 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20254 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20255 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20258 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20260 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20261 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20262 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20263 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20264 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20265 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20266 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20268 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20270 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20272 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20273 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20274 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20276 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20278 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20279 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20280 A value of nil means never do it.
20281 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20282 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20283 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20285 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20287 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20288 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20289 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17843 45611))
20294 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20296 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20300 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20301 ;;;;;; (17966 9916))
20302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20304 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20305 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20306 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20307 Tab indents for Perl code.
20308 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20309 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20312 Variables controlling indentation style:
20313 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20314 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20315 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20316 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20317 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20318 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20319 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20321 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20322 `perl-indent-level'
20323 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20324 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20325 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20326 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20327 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20328 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20329 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20330 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20331 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20332 `perl-brace-offset'
20333 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20334 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20335 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20336 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20337 `perl-label-offset'
20338 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20339 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20340 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20342 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20343 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20344 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20345 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20346 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20347 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20348 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20350 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20356 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20357 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20358 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20359 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17843 45612))
20360 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20362 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20363 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20365 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20367 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20368 passphrase cache or user.
20370 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20372 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20373 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20375 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20378 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20380 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20381 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20383 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20386 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20387 passphrase cache or user.
20389 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20391 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20392 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20394 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20396 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20399 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20400 passphrase cache or user.
20402 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20404 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20405 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20407 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20408 passphrase cache or user.
20410 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20412 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20413 Decrypt the current buffer.
20415 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20418 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20419 passphrase cache or user.
20421 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20423 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20424 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20426 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20427 a detached signature.
20429 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20430 and the the output is displayed.
20432 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20433 passphrase cache or user.
20435 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20437 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20438 Sign the current buffer.
20440 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20441 detached signature.
20443 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20446 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20447 and the the output is displayed.
20449 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20450 passphrase cache or user.
20452 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20454 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20455 Verify the current region between START and END.
20456 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20457 the detached signature of the current region.
20459 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20460 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20462 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20464 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20465 Verify the current buffer.
20466 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20467 the detached signature of the current region.
20468 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20469 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20470 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20473 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20475 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20476 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20480 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20481 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20483 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20485 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20486 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20492 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20493 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
20494 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20496 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20497 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20499 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20503 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20504 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20507 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20508 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20509 \\<picture-mode-map>
20510 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20511 afterwards settable by these commands:
20513 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20514 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20515 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20516 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20518 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20519 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20520 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20521 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20523 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20524 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20525 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20526 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20528 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20529 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20530 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20531 with these commands:
20533 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20534 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20535 Move to column following last
20536 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20537 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20538 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20539 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20540 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20541 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20543 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20545 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20546 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20547 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20548 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20549 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20550 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20552 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20553 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20554 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20555 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20556 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20557 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20558 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20560 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20561 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20562 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20563 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20564 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20565 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20566 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20567 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20569 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20570 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20571 by supplying an argument.
20573 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20575 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20576 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20580 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20584 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20585 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20588 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20589 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20590 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20592 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20596 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17843 45626))
20597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20599 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20600 Play pong and waste time.
20601 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20602 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20604 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20612 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20613 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17939 56021))
20614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20616 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20617 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20618 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20619 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20621 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20623 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20624 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20628 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20629 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20630 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20631 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20632 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20634 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20636 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20637 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20638 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20640 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20642 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20643 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20644 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20645 Ignores leading comment characters.
20651 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20652 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20653 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20654 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20655 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20656 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20657 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20658 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20659 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20660 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20661 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20662 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20663 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20664 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20665 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20666 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20667 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20668 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20669 ;;;;;; (17995 6542))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20672 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20673 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20675 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20677 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20679 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20681 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20682 Preview directory using ghostview.
20684 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20685 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20686 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20687 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20689 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20690 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20691 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20692 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20693 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20696 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20698 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20700 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20701 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20703 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20704 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20705 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20706 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20708 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20709 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20710 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20711 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20712 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20715 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20717 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20719 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20720 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20722 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20723 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20724 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20725 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20727 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20728 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20729 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20730 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20731 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20734 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20736 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20738 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20739 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20741 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20743 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20744 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20745 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20746 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20748 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20749 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20750 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20751 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20752 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20755 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20757 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20759 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20760 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20762 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20763 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20764 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20766 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20767 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20768 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20769 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20771 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20773 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20774 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20776 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20777 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20778 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20780 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20781 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20782 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20783 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20785 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20787 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20788 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20790 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20791 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20792 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20794 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20795 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20796 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20797 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20799 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20801 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20802 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20804 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20806 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20807 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20808 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20810 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20811 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20812 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20813 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20815 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20817 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20818 Preview region using ghostview.
20820 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20822 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20824 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20825 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20827 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20829 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20831 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20832 Print region using PostScript printer.
20834 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20836 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20838 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20839 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20841 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20843 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20845 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20846 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20848 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20850 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20852 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20853 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20855 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20857 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20859 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20860 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20862 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20864 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20866 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20867 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20869 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20871 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20873 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20874 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20875 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20876 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20878 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20881 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20882 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20884 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20886 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20888 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20889 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20890 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20891 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20895 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20896 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20897 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20898 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20902 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20903 Print directory using text printer.
20905 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20908 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20909 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20911 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20913 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20915 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20916 Print buffer using text printer.
20920 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20921 Print region using text printer.
20925 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20926 Print major mode using text printer.
20930 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20931 Preview spooled PostScript.
20933 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20934 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20935 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20937 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20938 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20939 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20941 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20943 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20944 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20946 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20947 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20948 instead of sending it to the printer.
20950 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20951 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20952 image in a file with that name.
20954 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20956 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20957 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20959 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20960 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20961 instead of sending it to the printer.
20963 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20964 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20965 image in a file with that name.
20967 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20969 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20970 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20972 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20973 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20974 instead of sending it to the printer.
20976 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20977 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20978 image in a file with that name.
20980 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20982 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20983 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20985 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20987 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20988 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20990 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20992 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20993 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20995 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20997 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20998 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21000 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21002 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21003 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21005 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21007 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21008 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21010 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21011 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21012 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21013 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21015 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21016 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21017 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21018 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21019 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21020 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21023 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21025 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21026 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21030 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21031 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21033 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21035 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21040 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21041 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21045 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21046 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21050 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21051 Toggle printing with faces.
21055 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21060 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21065 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21068 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21070 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21075 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21080 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21081 Toggle upside-down.
21085 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21086 Toggle line number.
21090 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21091 Toggle zebra stripes.
21095 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21096 Toggle printing header.
21100 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21101 Toggle printing header frame.
21105 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21110 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21111 Toggle auto region.
21115 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21120 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21121 Customization of the `printing' group.
21123 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21125 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21126 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21128 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21130 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21131 Help for the printing package.
21133 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21135 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21136 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21140 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21141 Interactively select a text printer.
21145 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21146 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21150 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21151 Show current ps-print settings.
21153 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21155 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21156 Show current printing settings.
21158 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21160 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21161 Show current lpr settings.
21163 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21165 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21166 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21168 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21169 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21170 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21171 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21174 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21176 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21177 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21178 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21180 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21181 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21182 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21183 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21184 current active printer.
21186 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21187 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21188 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21191 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21192 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21193 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21194 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21195 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21198 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21199 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21201 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21203 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21204 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21205 be done using the new current active printer.
21207 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21208 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21211 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21212 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21213 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21214 instead of sending it to the printer.
21216 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21217 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21220 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21223 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21226 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21228 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21229 Fast fire function for text printing.
21231 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21232 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21233 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21234 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21236 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21237 user for a new active text printer.
21239 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21241 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21243 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21244 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21247 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21249 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21252 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21256 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21257 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
21258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21260 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21261 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21262 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21264 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21265 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21266 if that value is non-nil.
21270 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21272 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21273 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21274 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21276 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17843 45612))
21281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21283 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21284 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21285 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21289 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17843
21291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21293 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21294 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21296 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21298 The following variables hold user options, and can
21299 be set through the `customize' command:
21301 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21303 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21304 `ps-mode-print-function'
21306 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21310 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21313 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21319 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21320 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21321 The keymap for this second window is:
21323 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21326 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21327 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21328 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21329 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21330 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21336 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21337 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21338 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21339 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17843 45612))
21340 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21342 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21343 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21347 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21348 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21349 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21350 changed by setting the variable
21351 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21352 The initial value of this variable is
21353 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21356 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21357 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21358 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21359 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21360 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21361 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21364 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21365 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21366 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21367 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21368 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21369 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21370 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21371 use this value, be sure to have installed
21372 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21373 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21374 documentation of this variable).
21376 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21377 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21378 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21379 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21380 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21381 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21383 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21385 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21387 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21388 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21389 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21391 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21393 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21398 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21399 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21401 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21403 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21407 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21409 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21412 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21414 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21415 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21417 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21420 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21424 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21426 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21429 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21431 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21432 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21436 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21437 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21438 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21440 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21442 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21443 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21444 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21446 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21448 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21455 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21456 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21457 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21458 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21459 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21460 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17939
21462 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21464 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21465 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21466 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21468 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21470 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21471 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21472 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21473 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21475 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21477 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21478 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21482 nil Do not print colors.
21486 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21487 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21489 Any other value is treated as t.")
21491 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21493 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21494 Customization of ps-print group.
21498 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21499 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21501 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21502 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21503 sending it to the printer.
21505 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21506 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21507 image in a file with that name.
21509 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21511 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21512 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21513 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21514 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21515 so it has a way to determine color values.
21517 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21519 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21520 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21521 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21523 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21525 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21526 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21527 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21528 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21529 so it has a way to determine color values.
21531 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21533 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21534 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21535 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21536 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21538 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21542 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21543 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21544 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21545 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21546 so it has a way to determine color values.
21548 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21552 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21553 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21554 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21556 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21558 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21560 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21561 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21562 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21563 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21564 so it has a way to determine color values.
21566 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21570 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21571 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21573 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21574 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21575 instead of sending it to the printer.
21577 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21578 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21579 image in a file with that name.
21581 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21583 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21584 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21585 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21586 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21587 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21591 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21592 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21593 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21595 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21597 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21598 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21599 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21601 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21603 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21604 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21608 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21609 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21611 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21612 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21614 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21615 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21617 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21619 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21621 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21623 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21624 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21626 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21627 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21629 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21630 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21632 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21634 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21636 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21638 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21639 foreground and background colors respectively.
21641 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21642 bold - use bold font.
21643 italic - use italic font.
21644 underline - put a line under text.
21645 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21646 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21647 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21648 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21649 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21651 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21653 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21657 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21658 ;;;;;; (17988 52600))
21659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21661 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21663 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21665 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21667 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21668 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21669 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21670 buffer automatically.
21672 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21673 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21674 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21675 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21676 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21677 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21678 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21680 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21681 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21682 buffer for a list of commands.)
21684 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21686 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21687 Major mode for editing Python files.
21688 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21689 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21690 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21691 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21693 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21694 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21695 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21696 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21697 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21698 \\<python-mode-map>
21699 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21700 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21701 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21702 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21703 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21704 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21706 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21707 effect outside them.
21709 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21710 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21711 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21712 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21713 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21714 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21715 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21716 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21717 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21719 \\{python-mode-map}
21723 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21724 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21725 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21726 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21732 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21733 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
21734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21736 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21737 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21738 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21741 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21742 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21744 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21745 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21746 them into characters should be done separately.
21748 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21752 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21753 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21754 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21755 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21756 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17939 56022))
21757 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21759 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21760 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21764 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21765 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21766 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21768 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21769 `quail-activate', which see.
21771 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21773 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21774 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21775 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21776 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21777 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21778 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21779 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21781 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21782 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21783 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21784 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21785 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21787 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21789 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21790 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21791 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21792 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21793 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21794 list of candidates.
21796 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21797 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21798 command to be called.
21800 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21801 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21802 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21803 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21805 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21806 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21807 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21808 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21809 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21812 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21813 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21814 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21815 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21817 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21818 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21819 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21820 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21822 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21823 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21824 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21825 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21826 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21827 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21829 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21830 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21831 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21832 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21833 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21834 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21836 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21837 covers Quail translation region.
21839 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21840 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21841 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21842 for it) is inserted.
21844 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21845 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21846 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21848 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21849 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21850 non-Quail commands.
21852 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21854 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21855 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21857 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21858 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21859 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21860 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21861 you type is correctly handled.
21863 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21865 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21866 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21868 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21871 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21873 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21874 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21875 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21876 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21877 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21878 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21879 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21880 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21881 for the translation.
21882 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21884 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21885 it is used to handle KEY.
21887 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21888 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21889 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21890 the following annotation types are supported.
21892 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21893 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21895 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21898 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21899 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21900 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21903 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21904 generated for the following translations.
21906 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21908 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21909 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21911 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21912 which to install MAP.
21914 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21916 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21918 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21919 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21921 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21922 which to install MAP.
21924 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21926 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21928 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21929 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21930 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21931 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21932 a function, or a cons.
21933 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21934 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21935 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21936 for the translation.
21937 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21938 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21939 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21940 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21941 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21943 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21944 it is used to handle KEY.
21946 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21947 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21948 current Quail package.
21950 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21951 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21953 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21955 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21956 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21958 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21959 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21961 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21963 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21964 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21966 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21968 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21969 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21970 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21971 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21972 of the Emacs source tree.
21974 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21975 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21977 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21978 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21981 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21985 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21986 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21987 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17843
21989 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21991 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21992 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21993 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21994 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21996 To make use of this do something like:
21998 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22000 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22002 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22003 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22005 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22006 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22007 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22009 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22011 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22012 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22014 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22016 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22017 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22019 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22022 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22024 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22025 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22027 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22028 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22029 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22031 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22033 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22034 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22036 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22038 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22039 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22043 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22044 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22046 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22048 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22052 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22053 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22059 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22060 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17988 52353))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22063 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22065 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22069 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22071 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22074 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22076 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22077 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22078 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22081 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22083 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22085 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22086 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22092 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17843
22094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22096 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22097 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22100 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22104 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22105 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
22106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22108 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22110 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22111 Construct a regexp interactively.
22117 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17939 56017))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22120 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22121 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22122 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22125 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22127 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22129 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22130 Toggle recentf mode.
22131 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22132 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22134 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22135 that were operated on recently.
22137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22141 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22142 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22143 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22144 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17843
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22148 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22149 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22150 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22151 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22153 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22155 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22157 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22158 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22159 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22160 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22163 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22164 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22167 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22169 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22170 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22171 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22173 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22174 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22177 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22179 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22180 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22181 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22183 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22185 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22186 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22188 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22189 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22191 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22194 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22195 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22196 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22197 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22200 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22202 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22203 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22207 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22208 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22209 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22210 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22211 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22212 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22213 and point is at the lower right corner.
22215 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22217 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22218 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22220 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22221 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22223 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22224 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22225 on the right side of the rectangle.
22227 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22229 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22231 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22232 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22233 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22234 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22235 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22237 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22238 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22240 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22242 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22243 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22244 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22246 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22248 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22250 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22252 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22253 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22255 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22256 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22257 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22259 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22261 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22262 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22263 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22265 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22266 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22267 rectangle which were empty.
22269 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22273 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17843
22275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22277 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22278 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22279 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22281 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22282 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22283 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22289 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22290 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17939 56024))
22291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22293 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22294 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22298 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22299 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22301 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22302 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22304 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22305 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22306 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22309 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22310 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22311 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22313 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22314 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22315 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22317 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22318 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22320 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22321 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22323 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22324 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22327 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22331 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22332 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22333 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22339 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22340 ;;;;;; (17939 56024))
22341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22343 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22344 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22345 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22346 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22347 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22348 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22350 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22352 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22354 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22355 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22356 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22357 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22358 `reftex-cite-format'.
22360 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22361 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22362 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22363 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22365 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22369 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22370 ;;;;;; (17939 56024))
22371 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22373 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22374 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22375 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22376 the current TeX document.
22378 With no argument, this command toggles
22379 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22380 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22386 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22387 ;;;;;; (17939 56024))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22390 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22391 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22392 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22394 To insert new phrases, use
22395 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22396 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22398 To index phrases use one of:
22400 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22401 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22402 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22403 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22404 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22406 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22407 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22409 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22411 Here are all local bindings.
22413 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22419 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22420 ;;;;;; (17939 56024))
22421 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22423 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22424 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22425 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22428 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17939
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22435 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22436 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22437 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22438 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22442 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22443 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22446 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22447 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22448 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22449 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22450 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22451 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22453 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22454 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22456 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22459 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22461 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22462 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22463 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22464 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22466 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22470 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17843 45612))
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22473 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22474 Repeat most recently executed command.
22475 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22476 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22477 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22479 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22480 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22481 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22483 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22487 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22488 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22489 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22491 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22492 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22494 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22495 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22496 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22497 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22498 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22499 and point is left after the salutation.
22501 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22502 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22503 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22504 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22505 left after that text.
22507 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22510 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22511 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22512 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22513 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22515 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22519 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22520 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
22521 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22523 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22524 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22525 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22526 visibility of comments that precede it.
22527 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22528 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22529 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22530 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22531 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22532 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22533 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22534 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22536 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22537 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22538 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22539 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22540 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22543 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22547 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17843
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22551 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22552 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22558 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22559 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
22560 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22562 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22563 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22564 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22566 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22567 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22568 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22572 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22573 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22574 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22576 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22577 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22579 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22581 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22582 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22583 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22585 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22586 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22587 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22593 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22594 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22597 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22598 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22602 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22603 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22605 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17843 45624))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22611 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22613 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22614 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22615 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22616 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22618 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22620 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22621 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22622 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22623 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22625 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22626 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22628 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22629 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22631 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22632 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22635 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22636 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22637 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22638 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22639 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22641 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22642 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22643 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22644 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22646 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22647 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22650 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22654 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22655 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22656 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22657 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22658 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22659 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22660 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17995
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22664 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22665 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22666 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22668 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22670 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22671 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22672 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22673 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22675 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22677 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22678 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22679 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22680 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22681 value is the user's email address and name.)
22682 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22684 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22685 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22686 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22687 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22688 which normally happens once for each message,
22689 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22690 To make a change in this variable take effect
22691 for a message that you have already viewed,
22692 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22694 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22696 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22697 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22698 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22699 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22701 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22703 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22704 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22706 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22708 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22709 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22710 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22711 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22715 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22716 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22718 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22720 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22721 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22723 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22725 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22726 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22727 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22728 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22729 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22731 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22733 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22734 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22735 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22736 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22738 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22740 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22741 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22743 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22745 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22746 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22748 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22750 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22751 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22753 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22755 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22756 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22758 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22759 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22761 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22762 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22764 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22766 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22767 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22769 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22770 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22771 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22772 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22774 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22775 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22777 This is set to nil by default.")
22779 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22780 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22781 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22782 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22783 until a user explicitly requires it.
22785 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22786 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22789 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22791 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22792 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22793 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22794 It is called with no argument.")
22796 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22797 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22798 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22799 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22800 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22801 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22802 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22804 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22805 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22806 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22807 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22808 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22809 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22811 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22812 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22813 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22814 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22815 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22817 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22818 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22819 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22820 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22821 MSG is the message number,
22822 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22823 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22825 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22826 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22827 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22828 this feature is required with `require'.
22830 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22831 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22833 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22834 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22835 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22836 the message is decoded as normal way.
22838 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22839 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22840 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22842 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22843 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22844 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22846 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22847 Read and edit incoming mail.
22848 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22849 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22850 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22852 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22853 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22854 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22855 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22857 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22859 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22861 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22862 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22863 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22864 Instead, these commands are available:
22866 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22867 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22868 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22869 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22870 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22871 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22872 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22873 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22874 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22875 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22876 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22877 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22878 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22879 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22880 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22881 till a deleted message is found.
22882 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22883 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22884 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22885 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22886 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22887 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22888 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22889 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22890 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22891 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22892 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22893 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22894 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22895 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22896 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22897 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22898 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22899 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22900 (label defaults to last one specified).
22901 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22902 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22903 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22904 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22905 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22906 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22907 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22908 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22909 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22913 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22914 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22916 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22918 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22919 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22921 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22925 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22926 ;;;;;; (17939 56022))
22927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22929 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22930 Edit the contents of this message.
22936 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22937 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22938 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17843 45622))
22939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22941 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22942 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22943 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22945 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22947 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22948 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22949 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22951 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22953 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22956 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22958 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22959 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22960 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22961 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22962 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22964 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22966 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22967 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22968 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22969 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22970 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22972 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22976 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22977 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22980 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22981 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22982 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22983 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22985 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22989 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22990 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22991 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17843 45622))
22992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22994 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22995 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22996 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22997 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22998 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22999 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23000 a file name as a string.")
23002 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23004 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23005 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23006 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23007 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23008 buffer visiting that file.
23009 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23010 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23012 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23013 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23015 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23016 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23018 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23019 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23021 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23023 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23024 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23026 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23028 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23029 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23030 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23031 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23032 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23034 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23035 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23036 will be appended with their original headers.
23038 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23039 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23041 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23042 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23044 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23046 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23048 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23049 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23050 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23052 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23056 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23057 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23058 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17843
23060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23062 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23063 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23064 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23066 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23068 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23069 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23070 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23072 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23074 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23075 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23076 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23078 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23080 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23081 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23082 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23084 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23086 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23087 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23088 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23090 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23092 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23093 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23094 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23096 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23098 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23099 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23100 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23101 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23103 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23107 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23108 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23109 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23110 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23111 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17843 45622))
23112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23114 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23115 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23117 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23119 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23120 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23122 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23124 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23125 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23129 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23130 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23131 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23133 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23135 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23136 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23137 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23138 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23139 only look in the To and From fields.
23140 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23142 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23144 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23145 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23146 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23147 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23148 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23150 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23152 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23153 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23154 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23155 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23156 look in the whole message.
23157 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23159 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23161 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23162 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23163 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23165 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23167 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23168 *Function to decode summary-line.
23170 By default, `identity' is set.")
23172 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23174 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23175 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23176 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23177 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23178 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23179 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23180 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23182 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23183 sent by you under different user names.
23184 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23186 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23188 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23192 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23193 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17843 45612))
23194 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23196 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23197 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23199 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23201 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23202 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23204 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23206 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23207 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23211 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23212 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23213 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23215 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23216 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23219 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23223 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23224 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23230 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17838
23232 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23234 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23235 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23241 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17843
23243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23245 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23246 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23247 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23248 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23250 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23252 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23253 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23254 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23255 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23257 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23261 matches string STRING literally.
23264 matches character CHAR literally.
23266 `not-newline', `nonl'
23267 matches any character except a newline.
23270 matches any character
23275 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23276 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23277 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23279 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23280 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23281 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23282 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23284 `(not (any SET ...))'
23285 matches any character not in SET ...
23287 `line-start', `bol'
23288 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23289 in the text being matched
23292 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23294 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23295 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23296 string being matched against.
23298 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23299 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23300 string being matched against.
23303 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23304 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23307 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23308 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23311 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23313 `word-start', `bow'
23314 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23318 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23321 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23324 `(not word-boundary)'
23325 `not-word-boundary'
23326 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23329 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23330 matches 0 through 9.
23333 matches ASCII control characters.
23335 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23336 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23339 matches space and tab only.
23342 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23345 `printing', `print'
23346 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23349 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23350 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23351 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23353 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23354 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23355 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23358 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23361 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23363 `lower', `lower-case'
23364 matches anything lower-case.
23366 `upper', `upper-case'
23367 matches anything upper-case.
23369 `punctuation', `punct'
23370 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23371 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23373 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23374 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23377 matches anything that has word syntax.
23380 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23383 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23384 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23385 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23387 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23388 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23391 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23392 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23393 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23394 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23395 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23397 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23398 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23399 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23400 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23401 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23403 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23404 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23406 `(category CATEGORY)'
23407 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23408 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23410 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23411 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23412 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23413 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23417 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23418 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23419 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23420 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23421 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23422 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23423 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23424 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23425 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23426 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23427 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23428 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23429 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23430 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23439 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23443 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23445 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23450 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23451 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23453 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23454 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23455 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23456 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23457 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23459 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23460 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23461 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23462 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23464 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23465 another name for `submatch'.
23467 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23468 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23469 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23470 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23471 regular expression.
23473 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23474 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23475 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23476 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23477 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23479 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23480 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23482 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23483 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23485 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23487 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23490 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23491 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23494 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23495 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23497 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23499 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23502 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23505 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23507 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23508 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23510 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23513 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23516 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23520 matches N occurrences.
23523 matches N or more occurrences.
23525 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23526 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23527 matches N to M occurrences.
23530 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23533 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23536 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23539 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23543 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23545 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23549 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23550 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23551 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23553 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23554 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23555 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23558 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23560 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23561 Toggle savehist-mode.
23562 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23563 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23564 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23565 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23567 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23568 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23569 which is probably undesirable.
23575 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23576 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
23577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23579 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23580 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23581 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23583 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23584 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23585 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23586 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23587 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23588 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23589 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23590 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23593 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23594 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23595 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23596 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23597 if that value is non-nil.
23601 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23602 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23603 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23606 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23607 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23608 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23609 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23610 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23611 that variable's value is a string.
23617 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23618 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
23619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23621 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23622 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23623 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23625 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23631 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23632 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23635 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23636 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23637 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23638 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23639 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23640 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23642 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23644 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23645 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23646 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23647 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23648 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23654 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23655 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23656 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23658 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23659 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23660 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23661 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23662 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23669 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23670 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23671 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23672 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23673 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23674 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23675 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23676 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23677 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17942 35726))
23678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23680 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23681 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23683 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23685 If `parens', they look like:
23686 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23687 If `angles', they look like:
23688 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23689 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23690 derived from the envelope-from address.
23692 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23693 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23694 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23695 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23697 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23699 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23700 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23701 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23702 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23704 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23705 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23706 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23707 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23709 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23711 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23712 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23713 This is done when the message is initialized,
23714 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23716 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23718 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23719 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23720 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23722 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23724 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23726 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23727 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23728 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23729 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23730 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23731 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23732 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23734 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23736 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23737 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23739 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23741 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23742 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23743 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23745 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23747 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23748 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23749 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23750 when you first send mail.")
23752 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23754 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23755 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23756 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23757 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23758 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23760 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23762 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23763 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23764 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23765 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23766 This file need not actually exist.")
23768 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23770 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23771 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23772 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23774 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23776 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23777 Alist of mail address aliases,
23778 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23779 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23780 can specify a different file name.)
23781 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23782 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23784 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23785 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23786 nil means use indentation.")
23788 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23790 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23791 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23792 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23794 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23796 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23797 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23798 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23799 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23800 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23801 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23802 in the cited portion of the message.
23804 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23805 instead of no action.")
23807 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23809 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23810 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23811 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23812 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23813 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23815 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23817 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23818 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23819 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23820 If a string, that string is inserted.
23821 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23822 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23823 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23824 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23826 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23828 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23829 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23833 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23834 Directory for mail buffers.
23835 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23836 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23838 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23840 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23841 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23842 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23843 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23845 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23847 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23848 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23849 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23850 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23853 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23855 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23856 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23857 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23858 `query' means ask the user each time.
23859 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23860 The default is `mime'.
23861 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23862 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23864 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23866 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23867 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23868 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23870 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23871 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23873 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23874 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23875 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23876 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23877 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23878 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23879 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23880 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23881 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23882 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23883 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23884 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23885 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23889 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23890 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23892 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23893 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23895 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23897 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23898 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23899 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23900 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23901 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23902 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23904 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23905 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23906 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23908 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23909 User should not set this variable manually,
23910 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23911 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23912 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23913 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23915 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23916 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23917 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23918 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23920 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23921 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23924 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23926 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23927 to move to message header fields:
23930 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23931 when the message is initialized.
23933 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23934 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23936 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23939 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23940 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23942 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23943 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23944 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23945 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23946 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23947 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23948 buffer without erasing the contents.
23950 The second through fifth arguments,
23951 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23952 the initial contents of those header fields.
23953 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23954 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23955 original message being replied to, or else an action
23956 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23957 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23958 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23959 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23960 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23961 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23963 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23965 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23966 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23968 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23970 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23971 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23973 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23977 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23978 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
23979 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23981 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23982 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23983 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23984 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23985 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23986 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23988 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23989 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23991 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23993 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23994 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23995 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23997 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23998 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24000 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24002 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24003 Toggle Server mode.
24004 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24005 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24006 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24012 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17939 56017))
24013 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24015 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24016 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24017 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24021 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24022 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24023 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24024 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24030 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24031 ;;;;;; (17939 56024))
24032 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24034 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24035 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24037 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24040 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24041 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24042 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24044 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24045 in your `.emacs' file.
24047 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24049 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24050 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24055 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24057 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24058 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24059 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24060 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24061 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24062 which this is based.
24064 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24066 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24067 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24068 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24069 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24071 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24072 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24073 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24075 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24076 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24077 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24078 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24080 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24081 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24082 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24083 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24085 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24087 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24088 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24089 To work around that, do:
24090 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24098 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24099 ;;;;;; (17988 52354))
24100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24101 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24103 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24104 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24105 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24106 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24107 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24108 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24110 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24111 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24112 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24113 shell-specific features.
24115 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24116 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24117 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24119 \\[sh-case] case statement
24120 \\[sh-for] for loop
24121 \\[sh-function] function definition
24122 \\[sh-if] if statement
24123 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24124 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24125 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24126 \\[sh-select] select loop
24127 \\[sh-until] until loop
24128 \\[sh-while] while loop
24130 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24131 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24132 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24133 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24134 would indent to the way it currently is.
24135 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24136 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24139 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24140 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24141 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24142 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24143 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24144 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24146 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24148 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24150 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24151 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24152 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24154 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24155 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24159 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24163 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17843 45617))
24164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24166 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24167 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24168 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24169 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24170 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24171 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24173 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24177 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24178 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
24179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24181 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24182 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24184 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24185 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24186 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24187 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24190 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24192 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24194 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24195 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24196 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24198 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24199 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24201 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24202 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24203 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24204 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24205 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24206 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24207 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24210 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24211 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24212 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24213 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24214 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24216 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24217 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24218 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24224 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24225 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17843
24227 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24229 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24230 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24231 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24232 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24233 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24234 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24239 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24240 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24241 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24242 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24243 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24247 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24248 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24249 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24250 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24251 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24252 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24253 `shadow-define-cluster').
24257 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24258 Set up file shadowing.
24264 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24265 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
24266 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24268 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24269 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24270 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24271 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24272 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24275 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24277 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24278 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24279 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24280 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24281 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24282 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24283 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24284 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24285 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24286 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24287 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24288 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24289 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24290 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24292 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24293 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24294 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24295 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24296 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24297 `default-process-coding-system'.
24299 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24300 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24301 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24302 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24304 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24306 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24307 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24311 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24312 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17843 45617))
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24315 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24318 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24320 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24323 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24325 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24328 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24332 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24333 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
24334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24336 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24337 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24338 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24339 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24340 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24342 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17995 6542))
24349 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24350 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24354 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17843
24356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24358 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24359 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24360 \\{simula-mode-map}
24361 Variables controlling indentation style:
24362 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24363 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24364 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24365 `simula-indent-level'
24366 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24367 `simula-substatement-offset'
24368 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24369 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24370 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24371 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24372 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24373 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24374 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24375 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24376 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24377 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24378 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24379 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24380 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24381 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24382 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24383 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24384 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24385 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24386 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24387 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24388 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24389 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24390 or nil if they should not be changed.
24391 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24392 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24393 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24394 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24396 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24397 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24403 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24404 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17843 45612))
24405 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24407 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24408 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24410 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24411 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24412 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24413 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24415 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24417 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24419 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24420 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24421 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24422 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24423 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24425 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24426 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24428 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24430 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24431 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24433 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24434 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24435 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24436 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24438 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24439 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24440 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24441 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24443 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24444 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24445 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24447 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24448 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24450 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24451 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24453 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24454 _ interesting point, interregion here
24455 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24456 interesting point set by _
24457 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24458 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24459 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24460 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24461 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24462 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24465 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24466 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24468 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24469 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24470 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24471 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24472 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24473 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24474 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24475 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24477 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24478 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24479 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24480 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24481 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24484 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24485 then: insert previously read string once more
24486 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24487 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24488 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24490 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24491 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24493 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24495 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24496 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24498 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24499 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24500 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24501 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24502 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24505 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24506 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24507 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24513 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24514 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
24515 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24517 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24518 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24519 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24522 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24524 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24525 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24526 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24532 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24533 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
24534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24536 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24537 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24538 A list of images is returned.
24540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24542 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24543 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24544 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24546 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24550 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24551 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17939 56022))
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24554 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24559 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24560 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24566 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17843 45626))
24567 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24569 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24570 Play the Snake game.
24571 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24573 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24575 Snake mode keybindings:
24577 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24578 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24579 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24580 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24581 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24582 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24583 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24589 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24590 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
24591 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24593 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24594 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24595 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24596 Tab indents for C code.
24597 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24598 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24600 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24605 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24606 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24607 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24608 Tab indents for C code.
24609 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24610 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24612 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24613 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24619 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24620 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24621 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17956 60684))
24622 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24624 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24625 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24627 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24628 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24629 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24631 For example, the form
24633 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24634 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24636 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24638 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24640 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24641 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24643 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24644 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24645 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24648 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24650 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24652 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24653 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24655 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24656 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24657 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24660 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24662 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24664 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24665 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24666 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24669 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24671 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24673 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24674 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24675 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24677 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24678 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24680 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24684 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24685 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24686 Requires floating point.
24692 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17843
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24696 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24699 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24700 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24701 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24702 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24703 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24704 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24705 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24706 check after each move or undo)
24710 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24711 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24712 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24731 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24732 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24733 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24734 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24736 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24737 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24738 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24741 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24742 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24744 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24760 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24762 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24768 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24769 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24770 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17843 45612))
24771 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24773 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24774 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24776 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24777 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24778 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24779 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24782 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24783 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24784 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24787 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24788 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24790 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24791 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24792 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24793 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24796 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24797 It should move point to the end of the record.
24799 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24800 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24801 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24802 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24803 starts at the beginning of the record.
24805 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24806 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24809 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24810 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24812 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24814 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24815 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24816 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24817 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24818 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24821 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24823 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24824 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24825 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24826 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24827 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24830 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24832 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24833 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24834 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24835 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24836 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24839 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24841 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24842 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24843 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24844 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24845 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24846 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24847 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24848 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24849 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24851 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24853 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24854 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24855 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24856 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24857 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24858 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24859 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24862 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24864 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24865 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24866 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24867 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24868 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24869 is to be used for sorting.
24870 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24871 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24872 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24873 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24874 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24876 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24878 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24881 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24882 starting with the letter \"f\",
24883 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24885 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24887 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24888 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24889 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24890 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24891 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24892 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24893 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24896 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24897 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24898 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24899 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24900 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24902 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24904 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24905 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24906 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24908 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24912 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17843
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24916 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24917 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24923 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24924 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24925 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17843 45617))
24926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24928 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24929 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24931 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24932 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24933 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24935 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24937 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24938 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24939 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24942 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24944 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24945 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24946 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24948 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24950 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24951 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24952 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24953 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24958 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24959 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24960 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24961 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24967 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24968 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17939 56017))
24969 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24971 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24973 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24974 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24975 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24976 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24977 supported at a time.
24978 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24979 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24983 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24984 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24985 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24986 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24992 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24993 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17843 45630))
24994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24996 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24998 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24999 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25000 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25001 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25002 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25003 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25007 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25008 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25009 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25010 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25014 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25015 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25016 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25017 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25018 for example, \"word\".
25020 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25022 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25023 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25025 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25029 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17843
25031 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25033 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25034 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25038 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25039 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25045 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25046 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25047 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25048 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17843
25050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25052 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25053 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25055 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25056 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25057 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25058 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25059 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25060 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25061 of the current highlighting list.
25065 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25066 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25068 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25069 `_t' as data types.
25071 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25073 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25074 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25076 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25077 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25079 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25081 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25082 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25083 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25085 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25087 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25088 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25089 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25090 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25091 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25092 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25094 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25095 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25097 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25099 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25100 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25101 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25102 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25104 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25105 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25106 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25107 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25109 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25110 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25111 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25115 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25116 Major mode to edit SQL.
25118 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25119 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25120 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25123 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25125 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25126 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25127 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25128 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25129 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25130 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25132 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25133 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25135 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25136 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25137 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25139 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25141 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25145 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25146 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25148 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25149 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25152 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25154 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25156 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25157 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25159 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25160 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25163 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25164 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25165 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25166 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25168 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25169 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25171 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25172 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25173 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25174 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25175 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25176 `default-process-coding-system'.
25178 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25182 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25183 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25185 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25186 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25189 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25190 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25191 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25192 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25194 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25195 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25197 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25198 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25199 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25200 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25201 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25202 `default-process-coding-system'.
25204 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25208 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25209 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25211 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25212 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25215 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25216 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25218 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25219 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25221 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25222 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25223 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25224 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25225 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25226 `default-process-coding-system'.
25228 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25232 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25233 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25235 SQLite is free software.
25237 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25238 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25241 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25242 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25243 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25244 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25246 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25247 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25249 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25250 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25251 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25252 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25253 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25254 `default-process-coding-system'.
25256 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25260 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25261 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25263 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25265 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25266 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25269 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25270 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25271 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25272 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25274 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25275 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25277 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25278 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25279 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25280 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25281 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25282 `default-process-coding-system'.
25284 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25288 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25289 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25291 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25292 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25295 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25296 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25299 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25300 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25302 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25303 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25304 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25305 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25306 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25307 `default-process-coding-system'.
25309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25313 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25314 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25316 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25317 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25320 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25321 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25323 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25324 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25326 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25327 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25328 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25329 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25330 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25331 `default-process-coding-system'.
25333 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25337 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25338 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25340 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25341 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25344 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25345 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25346 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25347 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25349 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25350 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25352 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25353 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25354 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25355 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25356 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25357 `default-process-coding-system'.
25359 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25363 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25364 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25366 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25367 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25370 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25371 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25372 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25373 `sql-postgres-options'.
25375 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25376 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25378 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25379 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25380 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25381 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25382 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25383 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25384 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25385 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25387 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25388 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25390 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25394 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25395 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25397 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25398 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25401 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25402 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25405 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25406 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25408 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25409 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25410 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25411 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25412 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25413 `default-process-coding-system'.
25415 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25419 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25420 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25422 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25423 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25426 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25429 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25430 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25432 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25433 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25434 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25435 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25437 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25438 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25439 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25440 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25441 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25442 `default-process-coding-system'.
25444 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25448 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25449 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25451 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25452 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25455 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25456 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25457 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25458 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25461 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25462 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25463 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25464 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25467 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25468 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25476 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25477 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25478 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25479 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25480 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17843
25482 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25484 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25485 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25486 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25487 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25488 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25489 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25491 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25493 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25495 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25496 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25497 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25498 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25499 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25500 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25501 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25503 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25505 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25506 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25507 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25508 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25509 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25510 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25511 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25513 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25515 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25516 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25517 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25519 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25521 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25522 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25523 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25525 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25527 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25528 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25530 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25532 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25533 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25537 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25538 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25542 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25543 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25544 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25545 chronologically by command name.
25546 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25548 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25550 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25551 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25552 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25554 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25555 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25557 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25559 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25560 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25561 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25562 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25563 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25564 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25565 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25567 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25568 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25569 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25570 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25572 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25576 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25577 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25578 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25579 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25581 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25583 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25584 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25590 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25591 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25592 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25594 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25595 Studlify-case the region.
25597 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25599 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25600 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25602 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25604 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25605 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25611 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17966 9915))
25612 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25614 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25615 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25616 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25617 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25618 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25619 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25621 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25622 is used instead of `load-path'.
25624 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25625 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25626 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25628 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25632 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25633 ;;;;;; (17939 56022))
25634 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25636 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25637 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25638 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25639 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25640 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25641 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25642 original message but it does require a few things:
25644 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25646 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25649 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25650 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25653 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25655 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25657 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25658 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25659 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25665 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17966 9915))
25666 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25668 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25669 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25670 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25673 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25675 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25677 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25678 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25679 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25681 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25687 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17843 45612))
25688 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25690 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25691 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25692 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25693 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25694 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25696 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25698 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25699 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25700 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25701 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25702 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25703 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25704 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25706 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25710 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25711 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25712 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25713 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25714 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25715 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25716 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25717 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25718 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25719 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25720 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25721 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25722 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17843 45630))
25723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25725 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25726 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25727 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25729 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25731 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25732 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25734 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25736 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25737 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25739 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25741 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25742 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25744 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25746 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25747 Insert an editable text table.
25748 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25749 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25750 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25751 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25752 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25753 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25758 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25760 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25765 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25766 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25767 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25768 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25771 +-----+-----+-----+
25773 +-----+-----+-----+
25775 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25777 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25778 width, which results as
25780 +--------------+-----+-----+
25782 +--------------+-----+-----+
25784 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25785 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25787 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25789 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25791 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25792 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25793 width information to `table-insert'.
25795 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25801 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25804 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25805 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25807 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25810 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25812 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25814 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25817 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25820 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25822 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25824 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25827 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25830 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25833 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25834 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25835 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25837 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25840 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25843 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25846 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25848 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25851 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25854 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25855 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25856 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25857 | | |expected results.-!- |
25858 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25861 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25863 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25867 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25869 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25870 Insert N table row(s).
25871 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25872 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25873 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25874 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25878 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25879 Insert N table column(s).
25880 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25881 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25882 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25883 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25887 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25888 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25889 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25891 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25893 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25894 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25895 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25896 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25897 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25898 all the table specific features.
25900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25902 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25907 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25908 Recognize all tables within region.
25909 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25910 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25911 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25914 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25916 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25919 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25921 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25922 Recognize a table at point.
25923 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25924 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25925 the table specific features.
25927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25929 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25934 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25935 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25936 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25937 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25938 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25939 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25940 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25942 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25944 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25949 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25950 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25951 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25952 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25953 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25954 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25957 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25959 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25960 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25961 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25962 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25963 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25964 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25965 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25970 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25971 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25972 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25973 table's rectangle structure.
25975 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25977 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25978 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25979 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25980 table's rectangle structure.
25984 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25985 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25986 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25987 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25988 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25990 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25992 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25993 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25994 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25996 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25997 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25998 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25999 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26000 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26001 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26002 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26004 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26005 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26006 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26007 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26008 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26009 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26010 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26012 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26013 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26014 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26015 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26016 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26017 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26018 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26019 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26021 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26023 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26024 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26025 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26026 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26030 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26031 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26032 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26034 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26036 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26037 Split current cell vertically.
26038 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26042 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26043 Split current cell horizontally.
26044 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26048 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26049 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26050 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26052 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26054 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26055 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26056 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26057 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26059 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26061 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26062 Justify cell contents.
26063 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26064 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26065 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26066 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26068 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26070 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26071 Justify cells of a row.
26072 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26073 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26075 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26077 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26078 Justify cells of a column.
26079 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26080 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26082 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26084 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26085 Toggle fixing width mode.
26086 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26087 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26088 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26092 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26093 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26094 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26095 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26096 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26097 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26098 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26099 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26100 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26101 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26102 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26104 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26106 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26107 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26108 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26109 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26110 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26111 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26112 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26113 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26114 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26115 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26116 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26117 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26120 References used for this implementation:
26126 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26128 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26129 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26130 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26132 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26134 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26135 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26136 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26137 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26138 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26139 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26140 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26141 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26142 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26143 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26144 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26145 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26146 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26147 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26148 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26149 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26150 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26155 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26156 (table-forward-cell 15)
26157 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26158 (table-forward-cell 16)
26159 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26160 (table-forward-cell 1)
26161 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26164 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26165 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26166 (table-forward-cell 1)
26167 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26169 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26171 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26172 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26173 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26174 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26175 consists from cells of same height.
26179 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26180 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26181 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26182 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26183 column must consists from cells of same width.
26187 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26188 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26189 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26190 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26191 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26192 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26193 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26194 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26195 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26196 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26197 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26198 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26199 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26200 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26201 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26210 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26211 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26212 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26215 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26217 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26219 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26221 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26225 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26226 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26227 of each row is optional.
26232 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26233 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26234 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26235 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26236 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26238 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26239 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26241 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26242 expression and raw delimiter regular
26243 expression, it parses the specified text
26244 area and extracts cell items from
26245 non-table text and then forms a table out
26248 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26249 creates a single cell table. The text in
26250 the specified region is placed in that
26253 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26256 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26257 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26258 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26260 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26261 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26262 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26263 | area and extracts cell items from |
26264 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26267 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26268 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26269 | the specified region is placed in that |
26271 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26273 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26274 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26277 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26278 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26279 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26280 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26281 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26282 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26283 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26284 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26285 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26287 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26288 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26289 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26290 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26292 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26294 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26295 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26296 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26298 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26300 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26301 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26302 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26303 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26304 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26310 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17843 45612))
26311 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26313 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26314 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26316 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26320 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17843 45612))
26321 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26323 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26324 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26325 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26326 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26327 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26328 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26329 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26331 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26332 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26333 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26334 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26336 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26343 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26344 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17843 45629))
26345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26347 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26348 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26349 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26350 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26351 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26352 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26354 Variables controlling indentation style:
26356 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26357 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26358 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26360 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26361 documentation for details):
26362 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26363 Controls action of TAB key.
26365 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26366 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26367 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26368 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26369 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26371 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26372 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26380 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26381 Run inferior Tcl process.
26382 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26383 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26387 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26388 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26389 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26391 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26395 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17843 45624))
26396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26397 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26399 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26400 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26401 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26402 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26404 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26405 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26406 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26407 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26408 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26410 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26411 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26413 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26414 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26415 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26416 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26422 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17951
26424 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26426 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26427 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26428 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26429 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26430 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26431 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26433 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26435 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26436 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26437 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26438 commands to use in that buffer.
26440 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26442 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26444 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26445 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26447 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26451 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17843
26453 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26455 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26456 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26457 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26458 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26459 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26460 program as keyboard input.
26462 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26463 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26464 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26465 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26467 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26468 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26469 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26470 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26471 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26473 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26475 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26476 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26477 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26478 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26480 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26481 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26482 subprocess started.
26484 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26488 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26489 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
26490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26492 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26493 Start coverage on function under point.
26499 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17941 5494))
26500 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26502 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26503 Play the Tetris game.
26504 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26505 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26506 as to form complete rows.
26508 tetris-mode keybindings:
26509 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26510 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26511 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26512 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26513 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26514 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26515 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26516 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26517 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26523 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26524 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26525 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26526 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26527 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26528 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26529 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26530 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
26531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26533 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26534 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26536 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26538 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26539 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26540 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26541 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26542 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26544 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26546 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26547 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26548 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26549 if it matches the first line of the file,
26550 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26552 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26554 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26555 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26556 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26557 if the variable is non-nil.")
26559 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26561 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26562 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26564 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26566 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26567 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26568 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26569 See the documentation of that variable.")
26571 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26573 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26574 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26575 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26576 See the documentation of that variable.")
26578 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26580 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26581 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26582 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26583 See the documentation of that variable.")
26585 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26587 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26588 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26589 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26590 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26591 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26593 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26595 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26596 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26597 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26598 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26600 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26602 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26603 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26604 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26606 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26608 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26609 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26610 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26611 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26613 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26615 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26616 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26617 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26618 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26620 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26622 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26623 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26624 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26625 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26627 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26628 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26631 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26632 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26634 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26637 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26639 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26640 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26641 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26642 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26643 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26645 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26647 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26649 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26650 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26651 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26653 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26655 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26656 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26657 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26658 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26659 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26661 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26663 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26664 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26666 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26668 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26669 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26671 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26673 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26674 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26675 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26676 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26677 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26678 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26679 says which mode to use.
26683 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26685 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26687 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26689 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26690 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26691 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26692 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26693 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26695 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26696 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26697 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26698 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26699 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26700 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26701 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26703 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26704 mismatched $'s or braces.
26707 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26711 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26713 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26714 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26715 tex-dvi-print-command
26716 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26717 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26718 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26719 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26720 tex-dvi-view-command
26721 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26722 tex-show-queue-command
26723 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26724 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26726 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26727 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26728 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26732 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26733 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26734 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26735 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26736 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26738 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26739 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26740 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26741 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26742 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26743 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26744 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26746 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26747 mismatched $'s or braces.
26754 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26756 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26757 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26758 tex-dvi-print-command
26759 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26760 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26761 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26762 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26763 tex-dvi-view-command
26764 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26765 tex-show-queue-command
26766 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26767 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26769 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26770 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26771 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26775 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26776 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26777 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26778 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26779 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26781 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26782 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26783 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26784 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26785 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26786 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26787 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26789 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26790 mismatched $'s or braces.
26793 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26797 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26799 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26800 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26801 tex-dvi-print-command
26802 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26803 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26804 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26805 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26806 tex-dvi-view-command
26807 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26808 tex-show-queue-command
26809 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26810 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26812 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26813 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26814 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26815 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26819 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26824 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26825 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26831 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26832 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17843 45630))
26833 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26835 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26836 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26837 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26838 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26840 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26841 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26842 Info-split to do these manually.
26844 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26846 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26847 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26848 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26849 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26850 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26852 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26854 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26855 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26856 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26857 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26859 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26860 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26861 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26862 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26864 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26865 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26867 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26871 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26872 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17843 45630))
26873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26875 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26876 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26878 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26880 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26881 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26883 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26885 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26886 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26888 It has these extra commands:
26889 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26891 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26892 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26893 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26894 modified version of TeX input format.
26896 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26897 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26898 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26899 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26901 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26902 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26903 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26904 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26905 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26906 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26907 in the Texinfo file.
26909 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26910 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26911 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26912 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26913 move forward past the closing brace.
26915 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26916 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26918 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26919 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26920 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26922 Here are the functions:
26924 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26925 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26926 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26928 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26929 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26930 texinfo-master-menu
26932 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26934 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26935 which menu descriptions are indented.
26937 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26938 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26941 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26942 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26943 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26944 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26946 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26947 be the first node in the file.
26949 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26950 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26956 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26957 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26958 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26959 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
26960 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26962 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26963 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26964 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26965 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26967 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26969 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26970 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26972 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26974 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26975 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26979 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26982 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26984 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26985 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26986 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26987 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26990 The return value is number of composed characters.
26992 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26994 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26995 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27001 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27002 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27003 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17843 45612))
27004 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27006 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27007 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27009 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27011 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27012 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27013 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27014 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27015 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27017 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27018 a symbol as a valid THING.
27020 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27021 of the textual entity that was found.
27023 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27025 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27026 Return the THING at point.
27027 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27028 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27029 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27031 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27032 a symbol as a valid THING.
27034 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27036 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27041 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27046 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27051 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27058 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27059 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27060 ;;;;;; (17966 9916))
27061 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27063 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27064 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27068 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27069 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27070 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27071 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27073 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27075 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27076 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27080 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27081 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27085 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27087 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27088 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27094 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27095 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27096 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27097 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27098 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27099 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17843 45621))
27100 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27102 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27103 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27104 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27108 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27109 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27111 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27113 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27114 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27115 The returned string has no composition information.
27117 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27119 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27120 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27122 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27124 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27125 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27127 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27129 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27130 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27131 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27132 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27134 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27136 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27137 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27138 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27139 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27141 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27143 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27146 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27148 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27149 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27150 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27154 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27155 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27156 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27160 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27163 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27165 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27168 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27170 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27173 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27177 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27178 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
27179 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27181 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27182 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27183 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27184 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27186 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27188 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27190 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27191 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27192 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27193 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27195 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27201 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27202 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17995 6542))
27203 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27205 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27206 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27208 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27210 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27211 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27212 This display updates automatically every minute.
27213 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27214 are displayed as well.
27215 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27219 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27220 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27221 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27223 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27224 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27226 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27228 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27229 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27230 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27232 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27233 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27234 are displayed as well.
27235 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27241 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27242 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27243 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27244 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17843
27246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27248 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27249 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27251 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27253 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27254 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27255 You can use `float-time' instead.
27257 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27259 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27260 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27262 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27264 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27265 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27267 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27269 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27270 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27272 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27274 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27275 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27276 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27278 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27280 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27282 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27283 Subtract two time values.
27284 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27286 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27288 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27289 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27291 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27293 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27294 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27295 DATE should be a date-time string.
27297 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27299 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27300 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27301 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27303 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27305 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27306 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27308 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27310 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27311 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27313 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27315 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27316 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27317 TIME should be a time value.
27318 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27320 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27322 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27323 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27324 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27326 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27330 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27331 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17843 45612))
27332 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27333 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27334 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27335 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27336 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27337 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27338 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27339 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27341 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27342 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27343 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27344 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27345 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27346 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27347 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27348 look like one of the following:
27351 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27352 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27353 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27354 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27355 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27356 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27357 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27362 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27363 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27364 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27370 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27371 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27372 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27373 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27374 ;;;;;; (17988 52353))
27375 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27377 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27378 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27379 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27380 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27381 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27382 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27383 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27384 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27385 display (non-nil means on).
27387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27389 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27390 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27391 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27392 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27393 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27394 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27395 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27396 this function is called within a day.
27398 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27399 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27400 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27401 discover the name of the project.
27403 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27405 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27406 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27407 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27408 begun during the last time segment.
27410 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27411 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27412 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27413 discover the reason.
27415 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27417 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27418 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27419 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27420 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27421 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27423 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27425 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27426 Change to working on a different project.
27427 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27428 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27429 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27432 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27434 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27435 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27436 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27440 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27441 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27442 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27446 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27447 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27448 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27449 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27450 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27451 \"relative to today\".
27453 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27455 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27456 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27457 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27458 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27460 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27462 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27463 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27464 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27465 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27466 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27467 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27469 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27473 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27474 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17939 56021))
27476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27478 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27480 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27481 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27483 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27485 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27486 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27487 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27488 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27490 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27492 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27493 Perform an action at time TIME.
27494 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27495 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27496 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27497 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27498 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27499 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27500 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27501 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27502 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27503 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27504 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27506 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27508 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27510 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27511 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27512 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27513 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27514 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27516 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27518 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27520 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27521 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27522 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27523 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27525 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27528 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27529 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27530 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27531 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27532 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27533 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27535 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27536 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27538 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27540 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27541 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27543 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27544 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27545 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27546 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27547 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27548 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27551 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27555 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27556 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17939 56022))
27557 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27559 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27560 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27561 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27562 the generated Quail package is saved.
27564 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27566 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27567 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27568 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27569 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27570 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27571 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27572 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27574 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27578 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27579 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17843
27581 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27583 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27586 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27588 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27591 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27593 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27594 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27595 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27598 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27602 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27603 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17953 11485))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27605 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27606 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27607 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27609 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27610 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27611 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27612 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27613 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27615 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27617 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27618 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27619 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27620 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27621 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27623 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27625 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27626 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27627 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27628 in the menu in two ways:
27629 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27630 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27631 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27633 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27634 keymap or an alist of alists.
27635 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27636 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27638 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27642 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27643 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27644 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17966 9916))
27645 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27647 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27648 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27652 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27653 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27655 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27657 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27658 Insert new TODO list entry.
27659 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27664 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27665 List top priorities for each category.
27667 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27668 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27670 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27671 between each category.
27673 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27675 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27676 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27677 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27678 between each category.
27680 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27682 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27684 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27685 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27691 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27692 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27696 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27703 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27704 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27705 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
27706 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27708 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27710 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27711 Add an item to the tool bar.
27712 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27713 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27714 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27715 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27717 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27718 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27719 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27720 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27722 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27723 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27725 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27727 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27728 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27729 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27730 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27731 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27732 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27734 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27735 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27736 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27737 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27739 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27741 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27742 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27743 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27744 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27745 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27746 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27747 properties to add to the binding.
27749 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27751 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27752 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27754 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27756 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27757 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27758 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27759 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27760 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27761 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27762 properties to add to the binding.
27764 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27767 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27771 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27772 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
27773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27775 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27776 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27777 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27778 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27779 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27780 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27782 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27784 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27789 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27791 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27792 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27798 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27799 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17843 45615))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27802 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27803 Set scroll margins.
27805 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27807 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27808 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27812 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27813 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27819 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17843 45615))
27820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27822 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27823 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27824 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27825 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27826 to a tcp server on another machine.
27828 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27832 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27833 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17843 45615))
27834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27836 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27837 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27839 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27841 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27842 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27843 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27844 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27845 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27846 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27847 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27848 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27850 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27852 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27853 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27854 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27855 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27856 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27857 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27858 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27859 the window or buffer configuration.
27861 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27863 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27867 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27868 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27869 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27870 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17939 56022))
27871 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27873 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27874 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27875 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27877 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27878 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27879 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27880 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27882 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27883 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27884 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27885 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27887 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27888 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27889 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27890 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27891 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27892 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27893 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27894 files which are not really tramp files.
27896 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27897 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27898 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27899 updated after changing this variable.
27901 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27903 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27905 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27906 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27907 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27908 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27910 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27911 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27912 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27913 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27915 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27916 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27917 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27919 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27920 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27921 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27922 updated after changing this variable.
27924 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27926 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27928 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27929 Alist of completion handler functions.
27930 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27931 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27932 normal Emacs functions.")
27934 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27935 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27936 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27937 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27939 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27940 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27941 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27942 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27944 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27945 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27946 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27948 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27950 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27951 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27952 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27954 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
27955 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27957 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
27958 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27959 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
27962 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
27964 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27969 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27970 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27972 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27974 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27975 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27977 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27979 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27980 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27986 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27987 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
27988 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27990 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27997 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17995
27999 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28001 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28002 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28003 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28004 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28005 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28006 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28007 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28008 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28010 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28011 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28012 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28014 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28015 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28018 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28022 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28023 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17843 45630))
28024 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28025 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28026 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28027 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28029 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28030 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28031 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28032 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28033 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28034 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28035 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28037 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28039 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28040 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28041 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28042 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28044 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28048 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28049 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28050 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28051 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28052 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28053 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28054 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28056 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28057 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28059 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28062 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28064 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28070 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28071 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28072 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28073 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28074 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
28075 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28077 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28078 Toggle typing break mode.
28079 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28081 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28083 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28085 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28086 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28088 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28090 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28091 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28093 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28094 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28095 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28097 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28098 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28100 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28102 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28103 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28105 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28106 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28107 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28108 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28110 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28112 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28113 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28114 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28116 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28117 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28118 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28119 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28120 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28121 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28123 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28124 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28125 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28126 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28128 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28129 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28131 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28132 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28134 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28136 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28137 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28138 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28140 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28141 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28142 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28143 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28144 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28145 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28146 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28148 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28149 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28151 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28152 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28153 reset the keystroke counter.
28155 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28156 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28157 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28158 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28160 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28161 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28162 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28163 `type-break-schedule' command.
28165 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28166 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28167 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28168 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28169 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28170 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28171 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28172 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28173 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28175 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28176 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28177 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28178 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28179 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28181 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28182 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28183 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28184 approximate good values for this.
28186 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28187 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28189 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28190 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28191 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28192 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28193 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28194 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28196 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28197 a typing break occur. They include:
28199 `type-break-query-mode'
28200 `type-break-query-function'
28201 `type-break-query-interval'
28203 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28205 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28206 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28207 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28210 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28212 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28213 Take a typing break.
28215 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28216 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28218 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28219 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28223 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28224 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28225 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28226 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28230 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28231 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28233 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28234 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28235 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28236 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28237 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28238 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28239 average typing speed.)
28241 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28242 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28243 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28244 the computed maximum threshold.
28246 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28247 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28248 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28249 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28250 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28252 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28256 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28257 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17843 45630))
28258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28260 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28261 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28262 Works by overstriking underscores.
28263 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28264 which specify the range to operate on.
28266 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28268 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28269 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28270 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28271 which specify the range to operate on.
28273 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28277 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28278 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17843 45622))
28279 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28281 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28282 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28283 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28287 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28288 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28289 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28290 following the containing message.
28296 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28297 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
28298 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28300 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28301 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28302 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28303 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28304 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28305 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28309 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28310 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28312 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28316 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17843
28318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28320 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28321 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28322 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28323 of symbols with local bindings.
28325 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28329 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28330 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17843 45630))
28331 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28333 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28334 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28335 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28337 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28338 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28339 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28340 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28341 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28342 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28344 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28345 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28346 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28348 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28349 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28350 the callback is not called).
28352 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28353 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28354 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28357 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28359 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28360 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28361 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28362 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28363 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28365 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28369 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28370 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17939 56024))
28371 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28373 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28374 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28375 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28377 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28378 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28379 `url-generic-parse-url'
28380 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28381 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28382 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28384 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28385 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28386 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28387 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28388 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28389 what type of auth to use
28390 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28391 if one cannot be found in the cache
28393 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28395 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28396 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28398 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28399 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28400 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28401 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28402 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28403 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28404 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28405 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28407 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28411 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28412 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17843
28414 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28416 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28417 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28419 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28421 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28422 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28424 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28426 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28427 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28429 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28431 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28432 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28434 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28438 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17843 45630))
28439 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28441 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28444 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28448 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28449 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17843 45630))
28450 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28452 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28455 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28457 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28460 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28464 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17843
28466 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28468 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28469 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28471 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28475 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28476 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17843 45630))
28477 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28479 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28480 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28484 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28485 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28486 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28487 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28488 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28490 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28494 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28495 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17843
28497 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28499 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28500 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28501 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28504 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28506 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28508 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28509 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28513 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28514 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28515 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28516 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28517 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28518 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28519 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28520 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28521 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28523 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28525 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28526 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28527 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28530 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28532 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28535 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28539 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28540 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17951 39666))
28541 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28543 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28544 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28545 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28546 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28547 CBARGS as the arguments.
28549 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28551 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28554 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28556 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28558 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28561 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28563 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28564 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28565 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28567 Property list members:
28570 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28574 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28578 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28581 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28584 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28585 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28586 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28589 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28591 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28592 Default HTTPS port.")
28594 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28595 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28597 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28598 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28599 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28600 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28601 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28605 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17843 45630))
28606 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28608 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28611 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28615 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17843
28617 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28619 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28620 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28621 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28622 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28623 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28625 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28629 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28630 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28631 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28633 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28636 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28638 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28639 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28641 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28645 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28646 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17843 45630))
28647 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28649 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28650 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28652 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28654 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28655 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28657 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28659 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28662 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28664 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28666 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28668 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28670 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28671 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28673 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28677 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28678 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28681 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28684 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28686 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28689 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28693 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28694 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28695 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28696 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28698 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28701 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28703 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28706 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28708 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28711 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28713 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28716 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28718 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28721 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28723 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28726 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28728 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28731 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28735 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28736 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17955 48758))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28739 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28740 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28742 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28744 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28745 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28747 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28749 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28753 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28754 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28757 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28758 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28764 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28765 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28766 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28767 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28768 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28769 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28770 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28771 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28773 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28774 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28775 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28777 If t, all messages will be logged.
28778 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28779 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28781 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28783 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28786 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28788 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28791 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28793 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28794 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28795 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28796 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28797 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28803 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28805 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28806 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28807 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28809 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28811 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28812 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28813 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28815 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28817 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28818 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28820 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28822 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28823 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28827 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28828 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28832 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28837 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28840 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28842 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28845 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28847 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28848 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28850 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28852 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28855 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28857 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28858 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28859 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28860 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28861 forbidden in URL encoding.
28863 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28865 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28866 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28867 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28868 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28869 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28870 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28872 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28874 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28875 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28876 If optional variable X is t,
28877 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28879 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28881 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28882 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28883 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28885 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28887 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28888 View the current document's URL.
28889 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28892 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28894 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28898 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28899 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17843 45612))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28902 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28903 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28904 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28905 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28906 to refrain from editing the file
28907 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28908 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28909 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28910 in any way you like.
28912 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28914 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28915 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28916 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28917 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28918 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28920 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28921 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17843 45620))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28929 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28933 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28934 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28935 ;;;;;; (17939 56022))
28936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28938 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28939 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28940 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28941 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28943 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28945 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28946 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28947 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28949 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28951 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28952 Uudecode region between START and END.
28953 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28955 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28959 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28960 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28961 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28962 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28963 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28964 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28965 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17843 45612))
28966 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28968 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28969 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28972 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28974 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28975 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28976 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28978 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28980 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28981 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28984 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28986 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28987 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28989 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28991 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28992 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28994 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28996 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28997 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28998 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28999 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29000 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29001 somebody else, signal error.
29003 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29005 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29006 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29007 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29008 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29009 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29011 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29013 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29014 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29015 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29016 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29017 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29018 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29019 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29020 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29021 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29022 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29023 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29024 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29026 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29028 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29029 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29031 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29032 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29034 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29035 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29036 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29037 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29038 lock steals will raise an error.
29040 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29042 For RCS and SCCS files:
29043 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29045 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29046 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29047 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29048 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29049 it performs a revert.
29050 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29051 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29052 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29053 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29054 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29055 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29056 the option to steal the lock.
29059 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29060 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29061 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29062 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29063 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29064 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29065 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29066 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29067 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29069 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29071 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29072 Register the current file into a version control system.
29073 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29074 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29076 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29077 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29078 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29079 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29080 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29081 first backend that could register the file is used.
29083 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29085 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29086 Display diffs between file versions.
29087 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29088 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29089 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29090 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29091 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29094 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29096 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29097 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29098 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29099 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29103 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29104 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29105 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29106 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29110 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29111 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29112 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29113 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29114 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29115 from the current branch.
29117 See Info node `Merging'.
29121 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29123 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29124 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29126 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29128 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29129 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29131 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29133 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29134 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29135 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29136 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29137 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29138 are checked out in that new branch.
29140 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29142 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29143 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29144 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29145 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29146 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29147 allowed and simply skipped).
29149 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29151 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29152 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29153 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29155 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29157 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29158 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29159 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29160 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29161 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29165 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29166 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29167 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29168 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29169 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29170 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29174 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29175 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29176 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29178 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29180 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29181 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29182 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29183 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29184 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29185 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29186 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29188 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29190 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29191 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29192 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29193 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29194 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29195 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29196 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29197 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29198 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29200 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29202 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29203 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29205 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29207 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29208 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29209 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29212 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29214 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29215 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29216 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29218 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29219 log entries should be gathered.
29221 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29223 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29224 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29226 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29227 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29228 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29229 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29230 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29231 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29233 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29234 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29235 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29236 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29237 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29238 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29239 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29240 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29242 Customization variables:
29244 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29245 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29246 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29247 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29249 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17939 56017))
29254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29255 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29256 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29259 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17843 45612))
29264 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29265 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29266 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29267 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29269 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17843 45612))
29274 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29275 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29276 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29279 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29283 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29284 ;;;;;; (17939 56017))
29285 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29287 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29288 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29289 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29291 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29292 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29296 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29297 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
29298 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29300 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29301 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29302 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29304 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29305 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29307 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29308 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29309 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29310 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17939 56018))
29315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29316 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29317 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29318 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29321 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29322 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29323 (file-name-directory f)))
29325 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29327 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29331 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29332 ;;;;;; (17966 9917))
29333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29335 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29336 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29341 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29342 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29343 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29344 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29345 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29346 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29347 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29348 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29349 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29351 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29352 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29353 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29354 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29356 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29357 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29358 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29359 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29360 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29362 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29363 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29367 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29368 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29369 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29373 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29374 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29375 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29376 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29378 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29379 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29380 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29381 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29382 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29386 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29387 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29388 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29389 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29391 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29392 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29393 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29394 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29395 beginning with \"std\").
29397 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29398 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29399 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29404 `--' puts a single comment.
29405 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29406 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29407 with a comment in between.
29408 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29409 out following lines.
29410 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29411 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29413 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29414 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29415 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29416 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29417 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29420 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29421 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29422 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29423 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29424 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29425 multi-line comments.
29429 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29430 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29431 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29432 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29434 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29435 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29436 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29437 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29439 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29440 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29443 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29444 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29448 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29449 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29450 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29451 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29452 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29453 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29454 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29455 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29457 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29458 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29459 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29460 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29461 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29464 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29465 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29466 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29468 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29469 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29473 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29474 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29475 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29476 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29477 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29478 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29481 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29482 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29483 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29484 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29487 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29491 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29492 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29493 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29494 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29495 internal signal initializations (menu).
29497 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29498 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29499 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29501 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29502 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29503 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29504 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29505 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29506 in subsequent paste operations.)
29508 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29509 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29510 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29513 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29514 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29515 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29516 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29517 association list with formals).
29520 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29521 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29522 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29523 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29524 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29525 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29526 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29527 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29532 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29536 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29540 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29541 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29542 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29544 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29545 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29548 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29549 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29550 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29551 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29553 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29554 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29555 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29557 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29558 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29559 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29560 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29562 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29563 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29564 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29565 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29566 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29568 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29569 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29570 required by secondary units.
29573 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29574 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29575 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29576 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29577 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29578 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29579 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29580 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29581 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29582 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29583 inputs to this component -> input port created
29584 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29585 outputs from this component -> output port created
29586 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29587 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29589 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29590 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29591 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29592 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29593 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29595 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29596 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29598 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29599 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29600 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29601 component instantiation is also supported (option
29602 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29604 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29605 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29606 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29607 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29608 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29609 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29610 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29611 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29612 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29613 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29614 | generating the configuration.
29616 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29617 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29618 | configurations in speedbar.
29620 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29623 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29624 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29625 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29626 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29627 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29628 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29629 information. New compilers can be added.
29631 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29632 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29635 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29636 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29637 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29638 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29639 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29641 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29644 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29645 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29646 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29648 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29649 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29650 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29651 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29652 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29653 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29654 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29657 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29658 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29659 not (yet) supported.
29660 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29661 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29662 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29666 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29667 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29668 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29669 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29670 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29671 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29672 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29673 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29675 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29676 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29677 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29678 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29679 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29680 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29681 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29682 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29683 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29684 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29685 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29689 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29690 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29691 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29692 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29693 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29694 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29695 current directory for VHDL source files.
29699 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29700 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29704 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29705 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29706 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29707 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29708 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29709 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29710 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29711 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29714 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29715 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29716 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29717 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29718 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29719 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29720 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29722 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29723 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29724 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29725 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29726 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29727 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29729 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29730 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29731 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29732 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29733 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29736 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29737 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29738 highlighted if written in lower case.
29740 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29741 highlighted using a different background color if option
29742 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29744 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29745 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29746 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29747 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29748 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29752 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29753 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29754 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29758 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29759 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29760 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29761 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29762 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29766 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29767 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29769 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29770 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29771 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29772 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29773 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29774 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29775 (used to obtain the port names).
29779 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29780 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29784 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29785 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29786 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29787 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29788 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29789 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29790 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29795 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29796 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29797 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29798 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29799 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29801 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29802 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29803 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29804 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29805 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29808 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29809 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29813 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29814 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29815 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29817 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29821 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29822 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29824 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29826 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29828 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29832 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29838 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29839 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29841 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29843 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29844 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29845 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29846 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29848 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29849 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29850 where the latest version can be found.
29856 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29857 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29858 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29861 The VHDL Mode Authors
29862 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29873 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17789 35159))
29874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29876 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29877 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29878 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29879 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29881 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29882 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29883 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29884 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29885 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29887 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29888 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29890 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29892 * Limitations and unsupported features
29893 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29895 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29896 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29899 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29900 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29901 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29902 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29903 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29904 for undoing a repeated change command.
29905 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29906 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29907 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29910 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29911 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29912 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29913 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29914 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29915 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29916 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29917 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29919 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29925 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29926 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29927 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29928 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17843 45621))
29929 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29931 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29932 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29934 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29936 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29937 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29938 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29939 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29941 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29943 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29944 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29948 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29949 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29950 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29951 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29953 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29955 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29956 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29960 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29963 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29965 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29968 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29972 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29973 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29974 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17995
29976 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29978 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29979 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29980 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29981 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29983 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29985 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29986 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29987 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29988 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29989 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29990 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29991 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29993 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29997 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29998 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29999 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30000 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30001 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30002 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30003 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30004 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30006 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30010 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30011 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30012 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30013 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30014 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30015 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30016 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30017 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30019 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30023 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30024 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30025 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30026 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30027 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30028 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30029 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30031 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30033 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30034 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30035 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30037 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30039 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30040 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30041 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30042 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30043 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30044 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30045 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30046 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30048 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30050 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30051 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30052 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30054 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30056 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30057 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30058 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30059 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30060 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30061 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30062 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30063 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30065 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30067 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30068 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30069 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30071 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30073 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30074 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30075 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30077 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30078 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30079 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30082 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30083 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30084 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30085 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30086 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30088 H, h, ? This message.
30089 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30090 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30091 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30092 > move to the end of buffer.
30093 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30094 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30095 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30096 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30097 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30098 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30099 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30100 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30101 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30102 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30103 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30104 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30105 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30106 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30107 Use this to view a changing file.
30108 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30109 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30110 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30112 x exchanges point and mark.
30113 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30114 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30115 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30116 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30117 ' go to position saved in character register.
30118 s do forward incremental search.
30119 r do reverse incremental search.
30120 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30121 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30122 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30123 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30124 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30125 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30126 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30127 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30128 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30129 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30130 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30131 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30132 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30133 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30134 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30135 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30136 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30138 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30139 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30140 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30141 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30142 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30143 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30144 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30145 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30146 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30148 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30152 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30153 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30154 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30155 `view-return-to-alist'.
30156 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30157 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30158 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30160 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30161 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30162 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30163 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30164 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30166 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30167 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30168 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30169 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30171 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30173 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30175 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30177 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30178 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30184 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17843
30186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30188 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30189 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30193 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30194 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30200 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30201 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
30202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30204 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30205 Toggle Viper on/off.
30206 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30210 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30211 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30217 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30218 ;;;;;; (17939 56021))
30219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30221 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30222 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30223 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30224 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30225 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30226 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30227 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30228 the beginning of the warning.")
30230 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30231 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30232 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30233 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30234 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30235 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30236 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30237 also call that function before the next warning.")
30239 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30240 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30242 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30243 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30244 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30245 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30247 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30248 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30249 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30250 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30251 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30252 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30254 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30255 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30256 Default is :warning.
30258 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30259 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30260 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30261 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30262 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30263 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30265 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30266 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30267 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30269 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30271 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30272 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30274 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30276 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30277 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30278 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30279 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30281 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30282 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30283 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30284 can be whatever you like.)
30286 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30287 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30289 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30290 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30291 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30292 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30293 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30295 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30297 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30298 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30299 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30300 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30301 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30303 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30307 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30308 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
30309 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30311 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30312 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30313 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30314 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30315 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30324 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17843 45625))
30325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30327 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30328 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30330 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30333 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30340 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30341 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
30342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30343 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30344 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30346 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30348 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30349 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30350 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30351 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30352 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30353 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30355 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30357 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30358 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30359 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30360 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30362 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30369 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30370 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30371 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30372 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30373 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30374 ;;;;;; (17939 56018))
30375 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30377 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30378 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30382 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30383 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30387 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30388 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30392 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30393 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30397 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30398 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30402 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30403 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30405 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30406 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30407 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30408 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30409 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30411 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30413 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30414 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30416 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30418 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30419 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30423 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30424 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30425 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30426 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30427 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30431 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30432 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30436 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30438 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30439 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30440 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30443 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30445 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30447 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30448 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30449 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30451 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30452 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30456 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30457 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30458 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30464 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30465 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17843 45612))
30466 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30468 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30469 Browse the widget under point.
30473 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30474 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30476 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30478 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30479 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30481 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30483 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30484 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30485 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30491 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30492 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17951
30494 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30496 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30497 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30499 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30501 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30502 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30503 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30505 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30507 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30508 Create widget of TYPE.
30509 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30511 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30513 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30516 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30518 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30519 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30521 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30523 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30525 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30526 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30527 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30529 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30530 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30536 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30537 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17843
30539 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30541 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30542 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30543 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30544 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30545 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30546 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30547 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30551 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30552 Select the window above the current one.
30553 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30554 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30555 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30556 negative ARG) of the current window.
30557 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30561 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30562 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30563 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30564 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30565 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30566 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30567 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30571 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30572 Select the window below the current one.
30573 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30574 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30575 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30576 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30577 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30581 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30582 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30583 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30584 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30586 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30590 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30591 ;;;;;; (17843 45613))
30592 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30594 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30595 Toggle Winner mode.
30596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30597 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30599 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30601 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30602 Toggle Winner mode.
30603 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30609 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30610 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17947 59257))
30611 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30613 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30614 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30615 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30616 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30617 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30618 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30619 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30620 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30622 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30623 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30625 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30627 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30628 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30632 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30633 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30634 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30635 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30636 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30637 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30638 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30639 `woman' command for further details.
30641 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30645 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30646 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
30647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30649 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30650 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30653 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30654 are not implemented
30655 - Options for search and replace
30656 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30657 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30659 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30662 The key bindings are:
30672 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30674 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30675 C-l ws-repeat-search
30678 C-r scroll-down-line
30685 C-y kill-complete-line
30688 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30689 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30690 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30691 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30692 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30693 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30694 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30695 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30696 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30697 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30698 C-k b ws-begin-block
30699 C-k c ws-copy-block
30700 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30702 C-k h ws-show-markers
30703 C-k i ws-indent-block
30705 C-k p ws-print-block
30708 C-k s save-some-buffers
30710 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30711 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30712 C-k v ws-move-block
30713 C-k w ws-write-block
30715 C-k y ws-delete-block
30717 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30718 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30719 C-o j justify-current-line
30722 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30723 C-o r set-fill-column
30724 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30725 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30726 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30727 C-o wo other-window
30728 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30730 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30731 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30732 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30733 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30734 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30735 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30736 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30737 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30738 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30739 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30740 C-q a ws-query-replace
30741 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30742 C-q c end-of-buffer
30745 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30747 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30748 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30749 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30750 C-q w ws-last-error
30752 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30758 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30759 ;;;;;; (17939 56018))
30760 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30762 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30763 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30764 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30765 Returns the top node with all its children.
30766 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30767 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30769 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30771 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30772 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30773 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30774 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30775 is not well-formed XML.
30776 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30777 and returned as the first element of the list.
30778 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30780 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30784 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17939
30786 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30788 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30789 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30790 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30793 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30795 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30797 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30798 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30799 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30801 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30802 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30803 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30804 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30805 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30806 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30812 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30813 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17843 45618))
30814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30816 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30817 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30821 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30822 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30828 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30829 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17843 45626))
30830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30832 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30833 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30835 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30837 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30838 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30840 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30842 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30843 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30844 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30846 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30848 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30849 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30855 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17941 5494))
30856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30858 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30859 Zone out, completely.
30865 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30937 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30938 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30939 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30940 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30941 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30942 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30943 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30944 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30945 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30946 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30947 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30948 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30949 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30950 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30951 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30952 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30953 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30954 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30955 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30956 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30957 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30958 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30959 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30960 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30961 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30962 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30963 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30964 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30965 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30966 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30967 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30968 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30969 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30970 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30971 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30972 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30973 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30974 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30975 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30976 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30977 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30978 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30979 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30980 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30981 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30982 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30983 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30984 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30985 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30986 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30987 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30988 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30989 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30990 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30991 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30992 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30993 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30994 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30995 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17996 40125 700465))
30999 ;; Local Variables:
31000 ;; version-control: never
31001 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31002 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31004 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here